src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73     }
  74
  75     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  76     {
  77         attr->DecRef();
  78     }
  79
  80     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  81     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  82
  83 // Cannot do this:
  84 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  85 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  86 };
  87
  88 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  89                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  90
  91 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  92
  93 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  94 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  95
  96 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  97 // events
  98 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  99
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 118
 119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 120 // private classes
 121 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 122
 123 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 124 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 125 {
 126 public:
 127     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 128     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 129                     wxWindowID id,
 130                     const wxPoint& pos,
 131                     const wxSize& size,
 132                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 133                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 134         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 135                    wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 136                    name)
 137     {
 138         m_owner = owner;
 139     }
 140
 141     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 142
 143 protected:
 144     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 145
 146     wxGrid *m_owner;
 147
 148     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 149     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 150 };
 151
 152 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 153 {
 154 public:
 155     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 156     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 157                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 158
 159 private:
 160     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 161     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 162     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 163     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 164     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 165     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 166
 167     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 168     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 169     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 170 };
 171
 172
 173 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 174 {
 175 public:
 176     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 177     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 178                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 179
 180 private:
 181     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 182     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 183     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 184     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 185     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 186     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 187
 188     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 189     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 190     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 191 };
 192
 193
 194 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 195 {
 196 public:
 197     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 198     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 199                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 200
 201 private:
 202     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 203     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 204     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 205     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 206     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 207     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 208
 209     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 210     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 211     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 212 };
 213
 214 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 215 {
 216 public:
 217     wxGridWindow()
 218     {
 219         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 220         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 221     }
 222
 223     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 224                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 225                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 226                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 227
 228     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 229
 230 private:
 231     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 232     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 233
 234     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 235     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 236     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 237     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 238     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 239     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 240     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 241     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 242
 243     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 244     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 245     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 246 };
 247
 248
 249 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 250 {
 251 public:
 252     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 253         : m_grid(grid),
 254           m_editor(editor),
 255           m_inSetFocus(false)
 256     {
 257     }
 258
 259     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 260     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 261     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 262
 263     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 264
 265 private:
 266     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 267     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 268
 269     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 270     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 271     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 272
 273     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 274     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 275     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 276 };
 277
 278
 279 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 280
 281 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 282     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 283     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 284     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 285 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 286
 287
 288 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 289 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 290 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 291
 292 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 293 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 294 {
 295 public:
 296     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 297     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 298     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 299     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 300
 301 private:
 302     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 303     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 304
 305     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 306 };
 307
 308 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 309 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 310 {
 311 public:
 312     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 313     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 314     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 315
 316     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 317     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 318     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 319
 320 private:
 321     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 322     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 323 };
 324
 325 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 326 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 327 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 328 {
 329 public:
 330     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 331     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 332                            m_colAttrs;
 333 };
 334
 335
 336 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 337 // data structures used for the data type registry
 338 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 339
 340 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 341 {
 342     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 343                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 344                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 345         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 346         {}
 347
 348     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 349     {
 350         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 351         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 352     }
 353
 354     wxString            m_typeName;
 355     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 356     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 357
 358     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 359 };
 360
 361
 362 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 363                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 364
 365
 366 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 367 {
 368 public:
 369   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 370     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 371
 372     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 373                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 374                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 375
 376     // find one of already registered data types
 377     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 378
 379     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 380     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 381     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 382
 383     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 384     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 385     // registered data type and set params for it
 386     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 387
 388     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 389     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 390
 391 private:
 392     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 393 };
 394
 395
 396 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 397 // conditional compilation
 398 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 399
 400 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 401 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 402 #endif
 403
 404 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 405 // globals
 406 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 407
 408 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 409 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 410     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 411     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 412 #endif
 413
 414 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 415 // constants
 416 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 417
 418 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 419 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 420
 421 // scroll line size
 422 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 423 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 424 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 425 //
 426 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 427 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 428 //       -- Robin
 429 //
 430 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 431 //       fixing anyhow
 432 //       -- Vadim
 433 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 434 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 435
 436 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 437 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 438 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 439
 440 #if 0
 441 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 442 // private functions
 443 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 444
 445 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 446 {
 447     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 448 }
 449
 450 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 451 {
 452     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 453 }
 454 #endif
 455
 456 // ============================================================================
 457 // implementation
 458 // ============================================================================
 459
 460 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 461 // wxGridCellEditor
 462 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 463
 464 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 465 {
 466     m_control = NULL;
 467     m_attr = NULL;
 468 }
 469
 470 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 471 {
 472     Destroy();
 473 }
 474
 475 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 476                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 477                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 478 {
 479     if ( evtHandler )
 480         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 481 }
 482
 483 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 484                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 485 {
 486     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 487     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 488     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 489     if (gridWindow)
 490         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 491
 492     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 493     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 494     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 495
 496     // redraw the control we just painted over
 497     m_control->Refresh();
 498 }
 499
 500 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 501 {
 502     if (m_control)
 503     {
 504         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 505
 506         m_control->Destroy();
 507         m_control = NULL;
 508     }
 509 }
 510
 511 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 512 {
 513     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 514
 515     m_control->Show(show);
 516
 517     if ( show )
 518     {
 519         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 520         if ( attr )
 521         {
 522             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 523             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 524
 525             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 526             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 527
 528 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 529 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 530             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 531             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 532 #endif
 533
 534             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 535             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 536         }
 537     }
 538     else
 539     {
 540         // restore the standard colours fonts
 541         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 542         {
 543             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 544             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 545         }
 546
 547         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 548         {
 549             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 550             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 551         }
 552
 553 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 554 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 555         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 556         {
 557             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 558             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 559         }
 560 #endif
 561     }
 562 }
 563
 564 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 565 {
 566     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 567
 568     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 569 }
 570
 571 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 572 {
 573     event.Skip();
 574 }
 575
 576 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 577 {
 578     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 579     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 580
 581 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 582     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 583     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 584     alt = event.MetaDown();
 585 #endif
 586
 587     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 588     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 589     // through in that case.
 590     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 591         return false;
 592
 593     int key = 0;
 594     bool keyOk = true;
 595
 596 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 597     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 598     // editor.
 599     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 600         return false;
 601 #endif
 602 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 603     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 604     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 605     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 606     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 607     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 608     if (key <= 127)
 609     {
 610         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 611         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 612     }
 613 #else
 614     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 615     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 616 #endif
 617
 618     return keyOk;
 619 }
 620
 621 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 622 {
 623     event.Skip();
 624 }
 625
 626 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 627 {
 628 }
 629
 630 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 631
 632 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 633 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 634 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 635
 636 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 637 {
 638     m_maxChars = 0;
 639 }
 640
 641 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 642                                   wxWindowID id,
 643                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 644 {
 645     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 646                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 647 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 648                                ,
 649                                wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
 650                                wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
 651                                wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL |
 652                                wxNO_BORDER
 653 #endif
 654                               );
 655
 656     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 657     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 658     {
 659         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 660     }
 661
 662     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 663 }
 664
 665 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 666                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 667 {
 668     // as we fill the entire client area,
 669     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 670 }
 671
 672 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 673 {
 674     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 675
 676     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 677     //
 678     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 679     //
 680 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 681     if (rect.x != 0)
 682     {
 683         rect.x += 1;
 684         rect.y += 1;
 685         rect.width -= 1;
 686         rect.height -= 1;
 687     }
 688 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 689     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 690         rect.x += 2;
 691     else
 692         rect.x += 3;
 693
 694     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 695         rect.y += 2;
 696     else
 697         rect.y += 3;
 698
 699     rect.width -= 2;
 700     rect.height -= 2;
 701 #else
 702     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 703     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 704
 705     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 706         extra_x *= 2;
 707         extra_y *= 2;
 708     #endif
 709
 710     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 711     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 712     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 713     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 714 #endif
 715
 716     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 717 }
 718
 719 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 720 {
 721     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 722
 723     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 724
 725     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 726 }
 727
 728 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 729 {
 730     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 731     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 732     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 733     Text()->SetFocus();
 734 }
 735
 736 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 737 {
 738     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 739
 740     bool changed = false;
 741     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 742     if (value != m_startValue)
 743         changed = true;
 744
 745     if (changed)
 746         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 747
 748     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 749
 750     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 751     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 752
 753     return changed;
 754 }
 755
 756 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 757 {
 758     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 759
 760     DoReset(m_startValue);
 761 }
 762
 763 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 764 {
 765     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 766     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 767 }
 768
 769 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 770 {
 771     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 772 }
 773
 774 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 775 {
 776     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 777     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 778     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 779     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 780
 781     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 782     wxChar ch;
 783     long pos;
 784
 785 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 786     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 787     if (ch <= 127)
 788         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 789 #else
 790     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 791 #endif
 792
 793     switch (ch)
 794     {
 795         case WXK_DELETE:
 796             // delete the character at the cursor
 797             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 798             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 799                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 800             break;
 801
 802         case WXK_BACK:
 803             // delete the character before the cursor
 804             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 805             if (pos > 0)
 806                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 807             break;
 808
 809         default:
 810             tc->WriteText(ch);
 811             break;
 812     }
 813 }
 814
 815 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 816                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 817 {
 818 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 819     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 820     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 821     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 822     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 823     Text()->SetValue(s);
 824     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 825 #else
 826     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 827     //
 828     event.Skip();
 829 #endif
 830 }
 831
 832 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 833 {
 834     if ( !params )
 835     {
 836         // reset to default
 837         m_maxChars = 0;
 838     }
 839     else
 840     {
 841         long tmp;
 842         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 843         {
 844             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 845         }
 846         else
 847         {
 848             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 849         }
 850     }
 851 }
 852
 853 // return the value in the text control
 854 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 855 {
 856     return Text()->GetValue();
 857 }
 858
 859 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 860 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 861 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 862
 863 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 864 {
 865     m_min = min;
 866     m_max = max;
 867 }
 868
 869 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 870                                     wxWindowID id,
 871                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 872 {
 873 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 874     if ( HasRange() )
 875     {
 876         // create a spin ctrl
 877         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 878                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 879                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 880                                    m_min, m_max);
 881
 882         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 883     }
 884     else
 885 #endif
 886     {
 887         // just a text control
 888         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 889
 890 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 891         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 892 #endif
 893     }
 894 }
 895
 896 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 897 {
 898     // first get the value
 899     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 900     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 901     {
 902         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 903     }
 904     else
 905     {
 906         m_valueOld = 0;
 907         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 908         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 909         {
 910             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 911             return;
 912         }
 913     }
 914
 915 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 916     if ( HasRange() )
 917     {
 918         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 919         Spin()->SetFocus();
 920     }
 921     else
 922 #endif
 923     {
 924         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 925     }
 926 }
 927
 928 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 929                                      wxGrid* grid)
 930 {
 931     bool changed;
 932     long value = 0;
 933     wxString text;
 934
 935 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 936     if ( HasRange() )
 937     {
 938         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 939         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 940         if (changed)
 941             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 942     }
 943     else
 944 #endif
 945     {
 946         text = Text()->GetValue();
 947         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 948     }
 949
 950     if ( changed )
 951     {
 952         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 953             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 954         else
 955             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 956     }
 957
 958     return changed;
 959 }
 960
 961 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 962 {
 963 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 964     if ( HasRange() )
 965     {
 966         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 967     }
 968     else
 969 #endif
 970     {
 971         DoReset(GetString());
 972     }
 973 }
 974
 975 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 976 {
 977     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 978     {
 979         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 980         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 981              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 982         {
 983             return true;
 984         }
 985     }
 986
 987     return false;
 988 }
 989
 990 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 991 {
 992     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 993     if ( !HasRange() )
 994     {
 995         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 996         {
 997             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 998
 999             // skip Skip() below
1000             return;
1001         }
1002     }
1003 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1004     else
1005     {
1006         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1007         {
1008             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1009             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1010             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1011             return;
1012         }
1013     }
1014 #endif
1015
1016     event.Skip();
1017 }
1018
1019 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1020 {
1021     if ( !params )
1022     {
1023         // reset to default
1024         m_min =
1025         m_max = -1;
1026     }
1027     else
1028     {
1029         long tmp;
1030         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1031         {
1032             m_min = (int)tmp;
1033
1034             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1035             {
1036                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1037
1038                 // skip the error message below
1039                 return;
1040             }
1041         }
1042
1043         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1044     }
1045 }
1046
1047 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1048 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1049 {
1050     wxString s;
1051
1052 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1053     if ( HasRange() )
1054     {
1055         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1056         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1057     }
1058     else
1059 #endif
1060     {
1061         s = Text()->GetValue();
1062     }
1063
1064     return s;
1065 }
1066
1067 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1068 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1069 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1070
1071 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1072 {
1073     m_width = width;
1074     m_precision = precision;
1075 }
1076
1077 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1078                                    wxWindowID id,
1079                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1080 {
1081     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1082
1083 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1084     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1085 #endif
1086 }
1087
1088 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1089 {
1090     // first get the value
1091     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1092     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1093     {
1094         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1095     }
1096     else
1097     {
1098         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1099         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1100         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1101         {
1102             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1103             return;
1104         }
1105     }
1106
1107     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1108 }
1109
1110 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1111                                      wxGrid* grid)
1112 {
1113     double value = 0.0;
1114     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1115
1116     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1117             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1118     {
1119         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1120             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1121         else
1122             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1123
1124         return true;
1125     }
1126
1127     return false;
1128 }
1129
1130 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1131 {
1132     DoReset(GetString());
1133 }
1134
1135 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1136 {
1137     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1138     char tmpbuf[2];
1139     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1140     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1141     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1142
1143 #if wxUSE_INTL
1144     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1145        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1146 #else
1147     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1148 #endif
1149
1150     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1151          || is_decimal_point )
1152     {
1153         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1154
1155         // skip Skip() below
1156         return;
1157     }
1158
1159     event.Skip();
1160 }
1161
1162 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1163 {
1164     if ( !params )
1165     {
1166         // reset to default
1167         m_width =
1168         m_precision = -1;
1169     }
1170     else
1171     {
1172         long tmp;
1173         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1174         {
1175             m_width = (int)tmp;
1176
1177             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1178             {
1179                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1180
1181                 // skip the error message below
1182                 return;
1183             }
1184         }
1185
1186         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1187     }
1188 }
1189
1190 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1191 {
1192     wxString fmt;
1193     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1194     {
1195         // default precision
1196         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1197     }
1198     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1199     {
1200         // default width
1201         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1202     }
1203     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1204     {
1205         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1206     }
1207     else
1208     {
1209         // default width/precision
1210         fmt = _T("%f");
1211     }
1212
1213     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1214 }
1215
1216 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1217 {
1218     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1219     {
1220         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1221         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1222         {
1223             char tmpbuf[2];
1224             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1225             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1226             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1227
1228 #if wxUSE_INTL
1229             const wxString decimalPoint =
1230                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1231 #else
1232             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1233 #endif
1234
1235             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1236             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1237                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1238                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1239                             keycode == '+' ||
1240                                 keycode == '-' )
1241             {
1242                 return true;
1243             }
1244         }
1245     }
1246
1247     return false;
1248 }
1249
1250 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1251
1252 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1253
1254 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1255 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1256 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1257
1258 // the default values for GetValue()
1259 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1260
1261 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1262                                   wxWindowID id,
1263                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1264 {
1265     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1266                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1267                                wxNO_BORDER);
1268
1269     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1270 }
1271
1272 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1273 {
1274     bool resize = false;
1275     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1276     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1277
1278     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1279     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1280     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1281     {
1282         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1283         size = sizeBest;
1284
1285         resize = true;
1286     }
1287
1288     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1289     {
1290         // leave 1 pixel margin
1291         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1292
1293         resize = true;
1294     }
1295
1296     if ( resize )
1297     {
1298         m_control->SetSize(size);
1299     }
1300
1301     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1302
1303 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1304     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1305     // so shift it to the right
1306     size.x -= 8;
1307 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1308     // here too, but in other way
1309     size.x += 1;
1310     size.y -= 2;
1311 #endif
1312
1313     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1314     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1315     if (GetCellAttr())
1316         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1317
1318     int x = 0, y = 0;
1319     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1320     {
1321         x = r.x + 2;
1322
1323 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1324         x += 2;
1325 #endif
1326
1327         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1328     }
1329     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1330     {
1331         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1332         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1333     }
1334     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1335     {
1336         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1337         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1338     }
1339
1340     m_control->Move(x, y);
1341 }
1342
1343 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1344 {
1345     m_control->Show(show);
1346
1347     if ( show )
1348     {
1349         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1350         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1351     }
1352 }
1353
1354 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1355 {
1356     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1357                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1358
1359     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1360     {
1361         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1362     }
1363     else
1364     {
1365         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1366
1367         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1368             m_startValue = false;
1369         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1370             m_startValue = true;
1371         else
1372         {
1373             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1374             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1375             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1376             // know about it
1377             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1378         }
1379     }
1380
1381     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1382     CBox()->SetFocus();
1383 }
1384
1385 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1386                                    wxGrid* grid)
1387 {
1388     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1389                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1390
1391     bool changed = false;
1392     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1393     if ( value != m_startValue )
1394         changed = true;
1395
1396     if ( changed )
1397     {
1398         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1399         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1400             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1401         else
1402             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1403     }
1404
1405     return changed;
1406 }
1407
1408 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1409 {
1410     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1411                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1412
1413     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1414 }
1415
1416 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1417 {
1418     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1419 }
1420
1421 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1422 {
1423     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1424     {
1425         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1426         switch ( keycode )
1427         {
1428             case WXK_SPACE:
1429             case '+':
1430             case '-':
1431                 return true;
1432         }
1433     }
1434
1435     return false;
1436 }
1437
1438 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1439 {
1440     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1441     switch ( keycode )
1442     {
1443         case WXK_SPACE:
1444             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1445             break;
1446
1447         case '+':
1448             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1449             break;
1450
1451         case '-':
1452             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1453             break;
1454     }
1455 }
1456
1457 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1458 {
1459   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1460 }
1461
1462 /* static */ void
1463 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1464                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1465 {
1466     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1467     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1468 }
1469
1470 /* static */ bool
1471 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1472 {
1473     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1474 }
1475
1476 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1477
1478 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1479
1480 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1481 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1482 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1483
1484 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1485                                                bool allowOthers)
1486     : m_choices(choices),
1487       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1488
1489 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1490                                                const wxString choices[],
1491                                                bool allowOthers)
1492                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1493 {
1494     if ( count )
1495     {
1496         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1497         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1498         {
1499             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1500         }
1501     }
1502 }
1503
1504 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1505 {
1506     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1507     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1508     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1509
1510     return editor;
1511 }
1512
1513 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1514                                     wxWindowID id,
1515                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1516 {
1517     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1518                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1519                                m_choices,
1520                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1521
1522     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1523 }
1524
1525 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1526                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1527 {
1528     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1529     // flicker
1530
1531     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1532     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1533     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1534     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1535 }
1536
1537 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1538 {
1539     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1540                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1541
1542     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1543     if (m_control)
1544         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1545
1546     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1547     if (evtHandler)
1548         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1549
1550     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1551
1552     if (m_allowOthers)
1553     {
1554         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1555     }
1556     else
1557     {
1558         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1559         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1560         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1561             pos = 0;
1562         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1563     }
1564
1565     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1566     Combo()->SetFocus();
1567
1568     if (evtHandler)
1569     {
1570         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1571         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1572 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1573         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1574 #endif
1575     }
1576 }
1577
1578 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1579                                      wxGrid* grid)
1580 {
1581     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1582     if ( value == m_startValue )
1583         return false;
1584
1585     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1586
1587     return true;
1588 }
1589
1590 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1591 {
1592     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1593     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1594 }
1595
1596 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1597 {
1598     if ( !params )
1599     {
1600         // what can we do?
1601         return;
1602     }
1603
1604     m_choices.Empty();
1605
1606     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1607     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1608     {
1609         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1610     }
1611 }
1612
1613 // return the value in the text control
1614 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1615 {
1616   return Combo()->GetValue();
1617 }
1618
1619 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1620
1621 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1622 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1623 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1624
1625 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1626 {
1627     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1628     if (m_inSetFocus)
1629         return;
1630
1631     // accept changes
1632     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1633
1634     event.Skip();
1635 }
1636
1637 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1638 {
1639     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1640     {
1641         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1642             m_editor->Reset();
1643             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1644             break;
1645
1646         case WXK_TAB:
1647             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1648             break;
1649
1650         case WXK_RETURN:
1651         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1652             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1653                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1654             break;
1655
1656         default:
1657             event.Skip();
1658             break;
1659     }
1660 }
1661
1662 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1663 {
1664     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1665     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1666     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1667     int cw, ch;
1668     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1669
1670     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1671     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1672
1673     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1674     {
1675         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1676         case WXK_TAB:
1677         case WXK_RETURN:
1678         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1679             break;
1680
1681         case WXK_HOME:
1682         {
1683             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1684             {
1685                 // no special processing needed...
1686                 event.Skip();
1687                 break;
1688             }
1689
1690             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1691
1692             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1693             int colXPos = 0;
1694             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1695             {
1696                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1697             }
1698
1699             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1700             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1701             if (col != 0)
1702             {
1703                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1704             }
1705             else
1706             {
1707                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1708             }
1709             event.Skip();
1710             break;
1711         }
1712
1713         case WXK_END:
1714         {
1715             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1716             {
1717                 // no special processing needed...
1718                 event.Skip();
1719                 break;
1720             }
1721
1722             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1723
1724             int textWidth = 0;
1725             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1726             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1727             {
1728                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1729                 int y;
1730                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1731                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1732
1733                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1734                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1735
1736                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1737                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1738                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1739                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1740                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1741                 {
1742                     textWidth = 0;
1743                 }
1744             }
1745
1746             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1747             int colXPos = 0;
1748             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1749             {
1750                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1751             }
1752
1753             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1754             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1755             colXPos += textWidth;
1756
1757             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1758             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1759             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1760             event.Skip();
1761             break;
1762         }
1763
1764         default:
1765             event.Skip();
1766             break;
1767     }
1768 }
1769
1770 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1771 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1772 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1773 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1774
1775 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1776 {
1777     // nothing to do
1778 }
1779
1780 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1781 {
1782 }
1783
1784 // ============================================================================
1785 // renderer classes
1786 // ============================================================================
1787
1788 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1789 // wxGridCellRenderer
1790 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1791
1792 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1793                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1794                               wxDC& dc,
1795                               const wxRect& rect,
1796                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1797                               bool isSelected)
1798 {
1799     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1800
1801     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1802     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1803     {
1804         if ( isSelected )
1805         {
1806             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1807         }
1808         else
1809         {
1810             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1811         }
1812     }
1813     else
1814     {
1815         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1816     }
1817
1818     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1819     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1820 }
1821
1822 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1823 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1824 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1825
1826 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1827                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1828                                                      wxDC& dc,
1829                                                      bool isSelected)
1830 {
1831     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1832
1833     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1834
1835     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1836     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1837     {
1838         if ( isSelected )
1839         {
1840             dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1841             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1842         }
1843         else
1844         {
1845             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1846             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1847         }
1848     }
1849     else
1850     {
1851         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1852         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1853     }
1854
1855     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1856 }
1857
1858 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1859                                                wxDC& dc,
1860                                                const wxString& text)
1861 {
1862     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1863     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1864     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1865     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1866     {
1867         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1868         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1869     }
1870
1871     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1872
1873     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1874 }
1875
1876 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1877                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1878                                              wxDC& dc,
1879                                              int row, int col)
1880 {
1881     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1882 }
1883
1884 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1885                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1886                                     wxDC& dc,
1887                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1888                                     int row, int col,
1889                                     bool isSelected)
1890 {
1891     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1892     rect.Inflate(-1);
1893
1894     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1895     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1896
1897     int hAlign, vAlign;
1898     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1899
1900     int overflowCols = 0;
1901
1902     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1903     {
1904         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1905         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1906         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1907         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1908         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1909         {
1910             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1911             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1912             {
1913                 bool is_empty = true;
1914                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1915                 {
1916                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1917                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1918                     if (c_rows > 0)
1919                         c_rows = 0;
1920                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1921                     {
1922                         is_empty = false;
1923                         break;
1924                     }
1925                 }
1926
1927                 if (is_empty)
1928                 {
1929                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1930                 }
1931                 else
1932                 {
1933                     i--;
1934                     break;
1935                 }
1936
1937                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1938                     break;
1939             }
1940
1941             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1942             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1943                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1944         }
1945
1946         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1947         {
1948             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1949             wxRect clip = rect;
1950             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1951             // draw each overflow cell individually
1952             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1953             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1954                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1955             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1956             {
1957                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1958                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1959                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1960
1961                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1962                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1963
1964                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1965                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1966                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1967             }
1968
1969             rect = rectCell;
1970             rect.Inflate(-1);
1971             rect.width++;
1972             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1973         }
1974     }
1975
1976     // now we only have to draw the text
1977     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1978
1979     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1980                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1981 }
1982
1983 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1984 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1985 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1986
1987 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1988 {
1989     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1990     wxString text;
1991     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1992     {
1993         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1994     }
1995     else
1996     {
1997         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1998     }
1999
2000     return text;
2001 }
2002
2003 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2004                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2005                                     wxDC& dc,
2006                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2007                                     int row, int col,
2008                                     bool isSelected)
2009 {
2010     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2011
2012     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2013
2014     // draw the text right aligned by default
2015     int hAlign, vAlign;
2016     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2017     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2018
2019     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2020     rect.Inflate(-1);
2021
2022     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2023 }
2024
2025 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2026                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2027                                              wxDC& dc,
2028                                              int row, int col)
2029 {
2030     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2031 }
2032
2033 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2034 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2035 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2036
2037 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2038 {
2039     SetWidth(width);
2040     SetPrecision(precision);
2041 }
2042
2043 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2044 {
2045     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2046     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2047     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2048     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2049
2050     return renderer;
2051 }
2052
2053 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2054 {
2055     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2056
2057     bool hasDouble;
2058     double val;
2059     wxString text;
2060     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2061     {
2062         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2063         hasDouble = true;
2064     }
2065     else
2066     {
2067         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2068         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2069     }
2070
2071     if ( hasDouble )
2072     {
2073         if ( !m_format )
2074         {
2075             if ( m_width == -1 )
2076             {
2077                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2078                 {
2079                     // default width/precision
2080                     m_format = _T("%f");
2081                 }
2082                 else
2083                 {
2084                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2085                 }
2086             }
2087             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2088             {
2089                 // default precision
2090                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2091             }
2092             else
2093             {
2094                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2095             }
2096         }
2097
2098         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2099
2100     }
2101     //else: text already contains the string
2102
2103     return text;
2104 }
2105
2106 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2107                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2108                                    wxDC& dc,
2109                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2110                                    int row, int col,
2111                                    bool isSelected)
2112 {
2113     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2114
2115     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2116
2117     // draw the text right aligned by default
2118     int hAlign, vAlign;
2119     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2120     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2121
2122     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2123     rect.Inflate(-1);
2124
2125     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2126 }
2127
2128 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2129                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2130                                             wxDC& dc,
2131                                             int row, int col)
2132 {
2133     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2134 }
2135
2136 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2137 {
2138     if ( !params )
2139     {
2140         // reset to defaults
2141         SetWidth(-1);
2142         SetPrecision(-1);
2143     }
2144     else
2145     {
2146         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2147         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2148         {
2149             long width;
2150             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2151             {
2152                 SetWidth((int)width);
2153             }
2154             else
2155             {
2156                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2157             }
2158         }
2159
2160         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2161         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2162         {
2163             long precision;
2164             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2165             {
2166                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2167             }
2168             else
2169             {
2170                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2171             }
2172         }
2173     }
2174 }
2175
2176 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2177 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2178 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2179
2180 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2181
2182 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2183
2184 // between checkmark and box
2185 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2186
2187 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2188                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2189                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2190                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2191                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2192 {
2193     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2194     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2195     {
2196         // get checkbox size
2197         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2198         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2199         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2200
2201         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2202 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2203         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2204 #endif
2205
2206         delete checkbox;
2207
2208         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2209     }
2210
2211     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2212 }
2213
2214 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2215                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2216                                   wxDC& dc,
2217                                   const wxRect& rect,
2218                                   int row, int col,
2219                                   bool isSelected)
2220 {
2221     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2222
2223     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2224     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2225
2226     // don't draw outside the cell
2227     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2228     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2229     {
2230         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2231         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2232     }
2233
2234     // draw a border around checkmark
2235     int vAlign, hAlign;
2236     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2237
2238     wxRect rectBorder;
2239     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2240     {
2241         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2242         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2243         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2244         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2245     }
2246     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2247     {
2248         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2249         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2250         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2251         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2252     }
2253     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2254     {
2255         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2256         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2257         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2258         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2259     }
2260
2261     bool value;
2262     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2263     {
2264         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2265     }
2266     else
2267     {
2268         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2269         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2270     }
2271
2272     if ( value )
2273     {
2274         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2275
2276 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2277         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2278         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2);
2279         rectMark.x++;
2280         rectMark.y++;
2281 #else
2282         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2283 #endif
2284
2285         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2286         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2287     }
2288
2289     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2290     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2291     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2292 }
2293
2294 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2295 // wxGridCellAttr
2296 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2297
2298 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2299 {
2300     m_nRef = 1;
2301
2302     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2303
2304     m_renderer = NULL;
2305     m_editor = NULL;
2306
2307     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2308
2309     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2310     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2311
2312     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2313 }
2314
2315 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2316 {
2317     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2318
2319     if ( HasTextColour() )
2320         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2321     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2322         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2323     if ( HasFont() )
2324         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2325     if ( HasAlignment() )
2326         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2327
2328     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2329
2330     if ( m_renderer )
2331     {
2332         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2333         m_renderer->IncRef();
2334     }
2335     if ( m_editor )
2336     {
2337         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2338         m_editor->IncRef();
2339     }
2340
2341     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2342         attr->SetReadOnly();
2343
2344     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2345     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2346
2347     return attr;
2348 }
2349
2350 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2351 {
2352     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2353         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2354     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2355         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2356     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2357         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2358     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2359     {
2360         int hAlign, vAlign;
2361         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2362         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2363     }
2364     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2365         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2366
2367     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2368     // m_renderer/m_editor
2369     //
2370     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2371     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2372     {
2373         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2374         m_renderer->IncRef();
2375     }
2376     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2377     {
2378         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2379         m_editor->IncRef();
2380     }
2381     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2382         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2383
2384     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2385         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2386
2387     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2388 }
2389
2390 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2391 {
2392     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2393
2394     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2395     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2396     // set to negative or zero values such that
2397     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2398     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2399
2400     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2401
2402     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2403                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2404                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2405                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2406
2407     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2408     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2409 }
2410
2411 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2412 {
2413     if (HasTextColour())
2414     {
2415         return m_colText;
2416     }
2417     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2418     {
2419         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2420     }
2421     else
2422     {
2423         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2424         return wxNullColour;
2425     }
2426 }
2427
2428 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2429 {
2430     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2431     {
2432         return m_colBack;
2433     }
2434     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2435     {
2436         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2437     }
2438     else
2439     {
2440         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2441         return wxNullColour;
2442     }
2443 }
2444
2445 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2446 {
2447     if (HasFont())
2448     {
2449         return m_font;
2450     }
2451     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2452     {
2453         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2454     }
2455     else
2456     {
2457         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2458         return wxNullFont;
2459     }
2460 }
2461
2462 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2463 {
2464     if (HasAlignment())
2465     {
2466         if ( hAlign )
2467             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2468         if ( vAlign )
2469             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2470     }
2471     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2472     {
2473         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2474     }
2475     else
2476     {
2477         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2478     }
2479 }
2480
2481 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2482 {
2483     if ( num_rows )
2484         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2485     if ( num_cols )
2486         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2487 }
2488
2489 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2490 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2491 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2492 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2493 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2494 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2495
2496 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2497 {
2498     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2499
2500     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2501     {
2502         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2503         renderer = m_renderer;
2504         renderer->IncRef();
2505     }
2506     else // no non-default cell renderer
2507     {
2508         // get default renderer for the data type
2509         if ( grid )
2510         {
2511             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2512             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2513         }
2514
2515         if ( renderer == NULL )
2516         {
2517             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2518             {
2519                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2520                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2521                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2522             }
2523             else // default grid attr
2524             {
2525                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2526                 renderer = m_renderer;
2527                 if ( renderer )
2528                     renderer->IncRef();
2529             }
2530         }
2531     }
2532
2533     // we're supposed to always find something
2534     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2535
2536     return renderer;
2537 }
2538
2539 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2540 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2541 {
2542     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2543
2544     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2545     {
2546         // use the cells editor if it has one
2547         editor = m_editor;
2548         editor->IncRef();
2549     }
2550     else // no non default cell editor
2551     {
2552         // get default editor for the data type
2553         if ( grid )
2554         {
2555             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2556             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2557         }
2558
2559         if ( editor == NULL )
2560         {
2561             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2562             {
2563                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2564                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2565                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2566             }
2567             else // default grid attr
2568             {
2569                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2570                 editor = m_editor;
2571                 if ( editor )
2572                     editor->IncRef();
2573             }
2574         }
2575     }
2576
2577     // we're supposed to always find something
2578     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2579
2580     return editor;
2581 }
2582
2583 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2584 // wxGridCellAttrData
2585 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2586
2587 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2588 {
2589     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2590     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2591     {
2592         // add the attribute
2593         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2594     }
2595     else
2596     {
2597         // free the old attribute
2598         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2599
2600         if ( attr )
2601         {
2602             // change the attribute
2603             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2604         }
2605         else
2606         {
2607             // remove this attribute
2608             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2609         }
2610     }
2611 }
2612
2613 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2614 {
2615     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2616
2617     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2618     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2619     {
2620         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2621         attr->IncRef();
2622     }
2623
2624     return attr;
2625 }
2626
2627 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2628 {
2629     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2630     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2631     {
2632         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2633         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2634         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2635         {
2636             if (numRows > 0)
2637             {
2638                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2639                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2640             }
2641             else if (numRows < 0)
2642             {
2643                 // If rows deleted ...
2644                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2645                 {
2646                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2647                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2648                 }
2649                 else
2650                 {
2651                     // ...or remove the attribute
2652                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2653                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2654                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2655                     n--;
2656                     count--;
2657                 }
2658             }
2659         }
2660     }
2661 }
2662
2663 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2664 {
2665     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2666     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2667     {
2668         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2669         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2670         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2671         {
2672             if ( numCols > 0 )
2673             {
2674                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2675                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2676             }
2677             else if (numCols < 0)
2678             {
2679                 // If rows deleted ...
2680                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2681                 {
2682                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2683                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2684                 }
2685                 else
2686                 {
2687                     // ...or remove the attribute
2688                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2689                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2690                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2691                     n--;
2692                     count--;
2693                 }
2694             }
2695         }
2696     }
2697 }
2698
2699 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2700 {
2701     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2702     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2703     {
2704         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2705         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2706         {
2707             return n;
2708         }
2709     }
2710
2711     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2712 }
2713
2714 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2715 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2716 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2717
2718 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2719 {
2720     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2721     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2722     {
2723         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2724     }
2725 }
2726
2727 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2728 {
2729     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2730
2731     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2732     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2733     {
2734         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2735         attr->IncRef();
2736     }
2737
2738     return attr;
2739 }
2740
2741 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2742 {
2743     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2744     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2745     {
2746         // add the attribute
2747         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2748         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2749     }
2750     else
2751     {
2752         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2753         if ( attr )
2754         {
2755             // change the attribute
2756             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2757             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2758         }
2759         else
2760         {
2761             // remove this attribute
2762             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2763             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2764             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2765         }
2766     }
2767 }
2768
2769 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2770 {
2771     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2772     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2773     {
2774         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2775         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2776         {
2777             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2778             {
2779                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2780                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2781             }
2782             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2783             {
2784                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2785                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2786                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2787                 else
2788                 {
2789                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2790                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2791                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2792                     n--;
2793                     count--;
2794                 }
2795             }
2796         }
2797     }
2798 }
2799
2800 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2801 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2802 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2803
2804 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2805 {
2806     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2807 }
2808
2809 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2810 {
2811     delete m_data;
2812 }
2813
2814 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2815 {
2816     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2817 }
2818
2819 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2820                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2821 {
2822     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2823     if ( m_data )
2824     {
2825         switch (kind)
2826         {
2827             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2828                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2829                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2830                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2831                 if (!attr)
2832                 {
2833                     // Basically implement old version.
2834                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2835                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2836                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2837                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2838
2839                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2840                     {
2841                         // Two or more are non NULL
2842                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2843                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2844
2845                         // Order is important..
2846                         if (attrcell)
2847                         {
2848                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2849                             attrcell->DecRef();
2850                         }
2851                         if (attrcol)
2852                         {
2853                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2854                             attrcol->DecRef();
2855                         }
2856                         if (attrrow)
2857                         {
2858                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2859                             attrrow->DecRef();
2860                         }
2861
2862                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2863                         //attr->IncRef();
2864                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2865                     }
2866                     else
2867                     {
2868                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2869                         if (attrrow)
2870                             attr = attrrow;
2871                         if (attrcol)
2872                         {
2873                             if (attr)
2874                                 attr->DecRef();
2875                             attr = attrcol;
2876                         }
2877                         if (attrcell)
2878                         {
2879                             if (attr)
2880                                 attr->DecRef();
2881                             attr = attrcell;
2882                         }
2883                     }
2884                 }
2885                 break;
2886
2887             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2888                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2889                 break;
2890
2891             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2892                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2893                 break;
2894
2895             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2896                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2897                 break;
2898
2899             default:
2900                 // unused as yet...
2901                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2902                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2903                 break;
2904         }
2905     }
2906
2907     return attr;
2908 }
2909
2910 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2911                                      int row, int col)
2912 {
2913     if ( !m_data )
2914         InitData();
2915
2916     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2917 }
2918
2919 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2920 {
2921     if ( !m_data )
2922         InitData();
2923
2924     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2925 }
2926
2927 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2928 {
2929     if ( !m_data )
2930         InitData();
2931
2932     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2933 }
2934
2935 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2936 {
2937     if ( m_data )
2938     {
2939         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2940
2941         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2942     }
2943 }
2944
2945 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2946 {
2947     if ( m_data )
2948     {
2949         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2950
2951         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2952     }
2953 }
2954
2955 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2956 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2957 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2958
2959 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2960 {
2961     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2962     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2963         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2964 }
2965
2966 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2967                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2968                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2969 {
2970     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2971
2972     // is it already registered?
2973     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2974     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2975     {
2976         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2977         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2978     }
2979     else
2980     {
2981         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2982     }
2983 }
2984
2985 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2986 {
2987     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2988     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2989     {
2990         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2991         {
2992             return i;
2993         }
2994     }
2995
2996     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2997 }
2998
2999 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3000 {
3001     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3002     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3003     {
3004         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3005         // register it "on the fly"
3006 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3007         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3008         {
3009             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3010                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3011                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3012         }
3013         else
3014 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3015 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3016         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3017         {
3018             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3019                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3020                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3021         }
3022         else
3023 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3024 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3025         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3026         {
3027             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3028                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3029                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3030         }
3031         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3032         {
3033             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3034                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3035                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3036         }
3037         else
3038 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3039 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3040         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3041         {
3042             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3043                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3044                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3045         }
3046         else
3047 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3048         {
3049             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3050         }
3051
3052         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3053         // the last index
3054         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3055     }
3056
3057     return index;
3058 }
3059
3060 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3061 {
3062     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3063     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3064     {
3065         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3066         // are the parameters for the renderer
3067         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3068         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3069         {
3070             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3071         }
3072
3073         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3074         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3075         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3076         rendererOld->DecRef();
3077
3078         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3079         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3080         editor = editor->Clone();
3081         editorOld->DecRef();
3082
3083         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3084         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3085         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3086         editor->SetParameters(params);
3087
3088         // register the new typename
3089         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3090
3091         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3092         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3093     }
3094
3095     return index;
3096 }
3097
3098 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3099 {
3100     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3101     if (renderer)
3102         renderer->IncRef();
3103
3104     return renderer;
3105 }
3106
3107 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3108 {
3109     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3110     if (editor)
3111         editor->IncRef();
3112
3113     return editor;
3114 }
3115
3116 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3117 // wxGridTableBase
3118 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3119
3120 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3121
3122 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3123 {
3124     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3125     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3126 }
3127
3128 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3129 {
3130     delete m_attrProvider;
3131 }
3132
3133 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3134 {
3135     delete m_attrProvider;
3136     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3137 }
3138
3139 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3140 {
3141     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3142     {
3143         // use the default attr provider by default
3144         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3145     }
3146
3147     return true;
3148 }
3149
3150 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3151 {
3152     if ( m_attrProvider )
3153         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3154     else
3155         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3156 }
3157
3158 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3159 {
3160     if ( m_attrProvider )
3161     {
3162         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3163         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3164     }
3165     else
3166     {
3167         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3168         // free it now
3169         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3170     }
3171 }
3172
3173 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3174 {
3175     if ( m_attrProvider )
3176     {
3177         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3178         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3179     }
3180     else
3181     {
3182         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3183         // free it now
3184         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3185     }
3186 }
3187
3188 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3189 {
3190     if ( m_attrProvider )
3191     {
3192         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3193         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3194     }
3195     else
3196     {
3197         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3198         // free it now
3199         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3200     }
3201 }
3202
3203 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3204                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3205 {
3206     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3207
3208     return false;
3209 }
3210
3211 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3212 {
3213     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3214
3215     return false;
3216 }
3217
3218 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3219                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3220 {
3221     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3222
3223     return false;
3224 }
3225
3226 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3227                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3228 {
3229     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3230
3231     return false;
3232 }
3233
3234 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3235 {
3236     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3237
3238     return false;
3239 }
3240
3241 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3242                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3243 {
3244     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3245
3246     return false;
3247 }
3248
3249 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3250 {
3251     wxString s;
3252
3253     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3254     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3255     s << row + 1;
3256
3257     return s;
3258 }
3259
3260 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3261 {
3262     // default col labels are:
3263     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3264     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3265     //   etc.
3266
3267     wxString s;
3268     unsigned int i, n;
3269     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3270     {
3271         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3272         col = col / 26 - 1;
3273         if ( col < 0 )
3274             break;
3275     }
3276
3277     // reverse the string...
3278     wxString s2;
3279     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3280     {
3281         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3282     }
3283
3284     return s2;
3285 }
3286
3287 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3288 {
3289     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3290 }
3291
3292 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3293                                      const wxString& typeName )
3294 {
3295     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3296 }
3297
3298 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3299 {
3300     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3301 }
3302
3303 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3304 {
3305     return 0;
3306 }
3307
3308 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3309 {
3310     return 0.0;
3311 }
3312
3313 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3314 {
3315     return false;
3316 }
3317
3318 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3319                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3320 {
3321 }
3322
3323 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3324                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3325 {
3326 }
3327
3328 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3329                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3330 {
3331 }
3332
3333 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3334                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3335 {
3336     return NULL;
3337 }
3338
3339 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3340                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3341                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3342 {
3343 }
3344
3345 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3346 //
3347 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3348 // to the grid view
3349 //
3350
3351 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3352 {
3353     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3354     m_id = -1;
3355     m_comInt1 = -1;
3356     m_comInt2 = -1;
3357 }
3358
3359 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3360                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3361 {
3362     m_table = table;
3363     m_id = id;
3364     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3365     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3366 }
3367
3368 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3369 //
3370 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3371 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3372 //
3373
3374 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3375
3376 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3377
3378 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3379         : wxGridTableBase()
3380 {
3381 }
3382
3383 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3384         : wxGridTableBase()
3385 {
3386     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3387
3388     wxArrayString sa;
3389     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3390     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3391
3392     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3393 }
3394
3395 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3396 {
3397 }
3398
3399 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3400 {
3401     return m_data.GetCount();
3402 }
3403
3404 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3405 {
3406     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3407         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3408     else
3409         return 0;
3410 }
3411
3412 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3413 {
3414     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3415                  wxEmptyString,
3416                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3417
3418     return m_data[row][col];
3419 }
3420
3421 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3422 {
3423     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3424                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3425
3426     m_data[row][col] = value;
3427 }
3428
3429 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3430 {
3431     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3432                  true,
3433                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3434
3435     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3436 }
3437
3438 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3439 {
3440     int row, col;
3441     int numRows, numCols;
3442
3443     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3444     if ( numRows > 0 )
3445     {
3446         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3447
3448         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3449         {
3450             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3451             {
3452                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3453             }
3454         }
3455     }
3456 }
3457
3458 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3459 {
3460     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3461     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3462                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3463
3464     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3465     {
3466         return AppendRows( numRows );
3467     }
3468
3469     wxArrayString sa;
3470     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3471     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3472     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3473
3474     if ( GetView() )
3475     {
3476         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3477                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3478                                 pos,
3479                                 numRows );
3480
3481         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3482     }
3483
3484     return true;
3485 }
3486
3487 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3488 {
3489     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3490     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3491                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3492                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3493
3494     wxArrayString sa;
3495     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3496     {
3497         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3498         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3499     }
3500
3501     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3502
3503     if ( GetView() )
3504     {
3505         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3506                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3507                                 numRows );
3508
3509         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3510     }
3511
3512     return true;
3513 }
3514
3515 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3516 {
3517     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3518
3519     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3520     {
3521         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3522                     (
3523                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3524                         (unsigned long)pos,
3525                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3526                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3527                     ) );
3528
3529         return false;
3530     }
3531
3532     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3533     {
3534         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3535     }
3536
3537     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3538     {
3539         m_data.Clear();
3540     }
3541     else
3542     {
3543         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3544     }
3545
3546     if ( GetView() )
3547     {
3548         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3549                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3550                                 pos,
3551                                 numRows );
3552
3553         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3554     }
3555
3556     return true;
3557 }
3558
3559 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3560 {
3561     size_t row, col;
3562
3563     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3564     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3565                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3566                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3567
3568     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3569     {
3570         return AppendCols( numCols );
3571     }
3572
3573     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3574     {
3575         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3576
3577         size_t i;
3578         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3579             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3580     }
3581
3582     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3583     {
3584         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3585         {
3586             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3587         }
3588     }
3589
3590     if ( GetView() )
3591     {
3592         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3593                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3594                                 pos,
3595                                 numCols );
3596
3597         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3598     }
3599
3600     return true;
3601 }
3602
3603 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3604 {
3605     size_t row;
3606
3607     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3608
3609 #if 0
3610     if ( !curNumRows )
3611     {
3612         // TODO: something better than this ?
3613         //
3614         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3615         return false;
3616     }
3617 #endif
3618
3619     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3620     {
3621         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3622     }
3623
3624     if ( GetView() )
3625     {
3626         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3627                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3628                                 numCols );
3629
3630         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3631     }
3632
3633     return true;
3634 }
3635
3636 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3637 {
3638     size_t row;
3639
3640     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3641     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3642                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3643
3644     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3645     {
3646         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3647                     (
3648                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3649                         (unsigned long)pos,
3650                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3651                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3652                     ) );
3653         return false;
3654     }
3655
3656     int colID;
3657     if ( GetView() )
3658         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3659     else
3660         colID = pos;
3661
3662     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3663     {
3664         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3665     }
3666
3667     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3668     {
3669         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3670         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3671         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3672         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3673         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3674             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3675     }
3676
3677     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3678     {
3679         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3680         {
3681             m_data[row].Clear();
3682         }
3683         else
3684         {
3685             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3686         }
3687     }
3688
3689     if ( GetView() )
3690     {
3691         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3692                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3693                                 pos,
3694                                 numCols );
3695
3696         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3697     }
3698
3699     return true;
3700 }
3701
3702 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3703 {
3704     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3705     {
3706         // using default label
3707         //
3708         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3709     }
3710     else
3711     {
3712         return m_rowLabels[row];
3713     }
3714 }
3715
3716 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3717 {
3718     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3719     {
3720         // using default label
3721         //
3722         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3723     }
3724     else
3725     {
3726         return m_colLabels[col];
3727     }
3728 }
3729
3730 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3731 {
3732     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3733     {
3734         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3735         int i;
3736
3737         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3738         {
3739             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3740         }
3741     }
3742
3743     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3744 }
3745
3746 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3747 {
3748     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3749     {
3750         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3751         int i;
3752
3753         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3754         {
3755             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3756         }
3757     }
3758
3759     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3760 }
3761
3762
3763 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3764 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3765
3766 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3767     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3768 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3769
3770 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3771 {
3772     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3773 }
3774
3775 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3776
3777 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3778     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3779     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3780     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3781     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3782     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3783     EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3784 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3785
3786 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3787                                             wxWindowID id,
3788                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3789   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3790 {
3791     m_owner = parent;
3792 }
3793
3794 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3795 {
3796     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3797
3798     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3799     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3800     // set the y coord  - MB
3801     //
3802     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3803
3804     int x, y;
3805     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3806     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3807     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3808
3809     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3810     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3811 }
3812
3813 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3814 {
3815     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3816 }
3817
3818 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3819 {
3820     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3821 }
3822
3823 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3824 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3825 //
3826 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3827 {
3828     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3829         event.Skip();
3830 }
3831
3832 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3833 {
3834     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3835         event.Skip();
3836 }
3837
3838 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3839 {
3840     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3841         event.Skip();
3842 }
3843
3844 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3845
3846 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3847
3848 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3849     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3850     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3851     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3852     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3853     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3854     EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3855 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3856
3857 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3858                                             wxWindowID id,
3859                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3860   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3861 {
3862     m_owner = parent;
3863 }
3864
3865 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3866 {
3867     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3868
3869     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3870     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3871     // set the x coord  - MB
3872     //
3873     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3874
3875     int x, y;
3876     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3877     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3878     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3879         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3880     else
3881         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3882
3883     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3884     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3885 }
3886
3887 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3888 {
3889     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3890 }
3891
3892 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3893 {
3894     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3895 }
3896
3897 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3898 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3899 //
3900 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3901 {
3902     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3903         event.Skip();
3904 }
3905
3906 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3907 {
3908     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3909         event.Skip();
3910 }
3911
3912 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3913 {
3914     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3915         event.Skip();
3916 }
3917
3918 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3919
3920 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3921
3922 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3923     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3924     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3925     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3926     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3927     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3928     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3929 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3930
3931 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3932                                                   wxWindowID id,
3933                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3934   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3935 {
3936     m_owner = parent;
3937 }
3938
3939 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3940 {
3941     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3942
3943     int client_height = 0;
3944     int client_width = 0;
3945     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3946
3947     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3948 #if 0
3949 def __WXGTK__
3950     wxRect rect;
3951     rect.SetX( 1 );
3952     rect.SetY( 1 );
3953     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3954     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3955
3956     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3957 #else // !__WXGTK__
3958     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3959     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3960     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3961     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3962     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3963
3964     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3965     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3966     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3967 #endif
3968 }
3969
3970 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3971 {
3972     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3973 }
3974
3975 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3976 {
3977     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3978 }
3979
3980 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3981 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3982 //
3983 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3984 {
3985     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3986         event.Skip();
3987 }
3988
3989 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3990 {
3991     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3992         event.Skip();
3993 }
3994
3995 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3996 {
3997     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3998         event.Skip();
3999 }
4000
4001 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4002
4003 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
4004
4005 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
4006     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4007     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4008     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4009     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4010     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4011     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4012     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4013     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4014     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4015 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4016
4017 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
4018                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
4019                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
4020                             wxWindowID id,
4021                             const wxPoint &pos,
4022                             const wxSize &size )
4023             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
4024                               wxCLIP_CHILDREN, wxT("grid window") )
4025 {
4026     m_owner = parent;
4027     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
4028     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
4029 }
4030
4031 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4032 {
4033     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4034     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4035     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4036     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4037     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4038
4039 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
4040     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4041 #endif
4042
4043     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4044     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4045 }
4046
4047 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4048 {
4049     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4050     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4051     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4052 }
4053
4054 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4055 {
4056     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4057         SetFocus();
4058
4059     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4060 }
4061
4062 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4063 {
4064     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4065 }
4066
4067 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4068 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4069 //
4070 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4071 {
4072     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4073         event.Skip();
4074 }
4075
4076 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4077 {
4078     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4079         event.Skip();
4080 }
4081
4082 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4083 {
4084     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4085         event.Skip();
4086 }
4087
4088 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4089 {
4090 }
4091
4092 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4093 {
4094     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4095         event.Skip();
4096 }
4097
4098 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4099
4100 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4101 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4102 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4103 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4104
4105 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4106
4107 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4108                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4109                            bool clipToMinMax);
4110
4111 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4112 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4113                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4114                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4115
4116 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4117
4118 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4119 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4120
4121 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4122     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4123     // use them for streaming out
4124     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4125     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4126     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4127     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4128     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4129     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4130
4131     // old style border flags
4132     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4133     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4134     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4135     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4136     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4137     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4138
4139     // standard window styles
4140     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4141     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4142     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4143     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4144     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4145     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4146     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4147     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4148
4149 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4150
4151 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4152
4153 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4154     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4155     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4156 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4157
4158 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4159 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4160
4161 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4162
4163 /*
4164  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4165 */
4166 #else
4167 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4168 #endif
4169
4170 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4171     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4172     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4173     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4174     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4175     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4176     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4177 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4178
4179 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4180 {
4181     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4182     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4183     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4184     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4185     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4186     m_gridWin = NULL;
4187 }
4188
4189 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4190                  wxWindowID id,
4191                  const wxPoint& pos,
4192                  const wxSize& size,
4193                  long style,
4194                  const wxString& name )
4195   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4196     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4197     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4198 {
4199     Create();
4200     SetInitialSize(size);
4201 }
4202
4203 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4204                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4205                           long style, const wxString& name)
4206 {
4207     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4208                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4209         return false;
4210
4211     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4212     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4213
4214     Create();
4215     SetInitialSize(size);
4216
4217     return true;
4218 }
4219
4220 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4221 {
4222     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4223     SetTargetWindow(this);
4224     ClearAttrCache();
4225     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4226
4227 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4228     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4229     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4230                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4231              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4232              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4233 #endif
4234
4235     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4236     // with dangling view pointer
4237     if ( m_ownTable )
4238         delete m_table;
4239     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4240         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4241
4242     delete m_typeRegistry;
4243     delete m_selection;
4244 }
4245
4246 //
4247 // ----- internal init and update functions
4248 //
4249
4250 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4251 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4252 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4253
4254 void wxGrid::Create()
4255 {
4256     // set to true by CreateGrid
4257     m_created = false;
4258
4259     // create the type registry
4260     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4261     m_selection = NULL;
4262
4263     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4264     m_ownTable = false;
4265
4266     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4267
4268     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4269
4270     // Set default cell attributes
4271     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4272     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4273     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4274     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4275     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4276     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4277
4278 #if _USE_VISATTR
4279     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4280     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4281
4282     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4283     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4284
4285 #else
4286     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4287         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4288     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4289         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4290 #endif
4291
4292     m_numRows = 0;
4293     m_numCols = 0;
4294     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4295
4296     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4297     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4298
4299     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4300     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4301                                               wxID_ANY,
4302                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4303                                               wxDefaultSize );
4304
4305     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4306                                               wxID_ANY,
4307                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4308                                               wxDefaultSize );
4309
4310     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4311                                                     wxID_ANY,
4312                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4313                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4314
4315     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4316                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4317                                   m_colLabelWin,
4318                                   wxID_ANY,
4319                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4320                                   wxDefaultSize );
4321
4322     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4323
4324 #if _USE_VISATTR
4325     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4326     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4327     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4328     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4329 #else
4330     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4331     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4332     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4333     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4334 #endif
4335
4336     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4337     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4338     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4339     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4340     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4341     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4342
4343     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4344     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4345
4346     Init();
4347 }
4348
4349 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4350                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4351 {
4352     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4353                  false,
4354                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4355
4356     m_numRows = numRows;
4357     m_numCols = numCols;
4358
4359     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4360     m_table->SetView( this );
4361     m_ownTable = true;
4362     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4363
4364     CalcDimensions();
4365
4366     m_created = true;
4367
4368     return m_created;
4369 }
4370
4371 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4372 {
4373     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4374                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4375
4376     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4377 }
4378
4379 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4380 {
4381     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4382                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4383
4384     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4385 }
4386
4387 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4388                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4389 {
4390     bool checkSelection = false;
4391     if ( m_created )
4392     {
4393         // stop all processing
4394         m_created = false;
4395
4396         if (m_table)
4397         {
4398             m_table->SetView(0);
4399             if( m_ownTable )
4400                 delete m_table;
4401             m_table = NULL;
4402         }
4403
4404         delete m_selection;
4405         m_selection = NULL;
4406
4407         m_ownTable = false;
4408         m_numRows = 0;
4409         m_numCols = 0;
4410         checkSelection = true;
4411
4412         // kill row and column size arrays
4413         m_colWidths.Empty();
4414         m_colRights.Empty();
4415         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4416         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4417     }
4418
4419     if (table)
4420     {
4421         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4422         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4423
4424         m_table = table;
4425         m_table->SetView( this );
4426         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4427         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4428         if (checkSelection)
4429         {
4430             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4431             // original one current cell and selection regions
4432             // might be invalid,
4433             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4434             m_currentCellCoords =
4435               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4436                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4437             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4438                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4439             {
4440                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4441                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4442             }
4443             else
4444                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4445                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4446                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4447                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4448                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4449         }
4450         CalcDimensions();
4451
4452         m_created = true;
4453     }
4454
4455     return m_created;
4456 }
4457
4458 void wxGrid::Init()
4459 {
4460     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4461     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4462
4463     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4464     {
4465         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4466     }
4467     else
4468     {
4469         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4470     }
4471
4472     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4473
4474     // init attr cache
4475     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4476     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4477     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4478
4479     // TODO: something better than this ?
4480     //
4481     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4482     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4483
4484     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4485     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4486
4487     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4488     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4489     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4490
4491     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4492     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4493
4494     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4495     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4496
4497 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4498     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4499 #else
4500     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4501 #endif
4502
4503     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4504     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4505     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4506     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4507     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4508
4509     m_canDragColMove = false;
4510
4511     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4512     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4513     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4514     m_canDragColSize = true;
4515     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4516     m_canDragCell = false;
4517     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4518     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4519     m_isDragging = false;
4520     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4521
4522     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4523
4524     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4525     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4526
4527     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4528
4529     ClearSelection();
4530
4531     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4532     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4533
4534     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4535
4536     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4537     m_batchCount = 0;
4538
4539     m_extraWidth =
4540     m_extraHeight = 0;
4541
4542     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4543     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4544 }
4545
4546 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4547 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4548 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4549 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4550 // arrays at all
4551 //
4552 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4553 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4554 // this is not done currently
4555 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4556
4557 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4558 {
4559     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4560     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4561
4562     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4563     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4564
4565     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4566
4567     int rowBottom = 0;
4568     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4569     {
4570         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4571         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4572     }
4573 }
4574
4575 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4576 {
4577     m_colWidths.Empty();
4578     m_colRights.Empty();
4579
4580     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4581     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4582
4583     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4584
4585     int colRight = 0;
4586     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4587     {
4588         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4589         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4590     }
4591 }
4592
4593 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4594 {
4595     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4596 }
4597
4598 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4599 {
4600     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4601                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4602 }
4603
4604 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4605 {
4606     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4607                                  : m_colRights[col];
4608 }
4609
4610 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4611 {
4612     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4613 }
4614
4615 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4616 {
4617     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4618                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4619 }
4620
4621 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4622 {
4623     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4624                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4625 }
4626
4627 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4628 {
4629     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4630     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4631     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4632
4633     w += m_extraWidth;
4634     h += m_extraHeight;
4635
4636     // take into account editor if shown
4637     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4638     {
4639         int w2, h2;
4640         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4641         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4642         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4643         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4644
4645         // how big is the editor
4646         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4647         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4648         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4649         w2 += x;
4650         h2 += y;
4651         if ( w2 > w )
4652             w = w2;
4653         if ( h2 > h )
4654             h = h2;
4655         editor->DecRef();
4656         attr->DecRef();
4657     }
4658
4659     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4660     int x, y;
4661     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4662
4663     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4664     if ( x >= w )
4665         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4666     if ( y >= h )
4667         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4668
4669     // do set scrollbar parameters
4670     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4671                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4672                    x, y,
4673                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4674
4675     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4676     // still must reposition the children
4677     CalcWindowSizes();
4678 }
4679
4680 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4681 {
4682     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4683
4684     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4685         return;
4686
4687     int cw, ch;
4688     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4689
4690     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4691     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4692     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4693     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4694     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4695     //
4696     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4697     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4698     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4699     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4700     {
4701         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4702         // the fixed size elements
4703         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4704         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4705
4706         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4707
4708         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4709         {
4710             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4711             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4712             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4713             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4714         }
4715     }
4716
4717     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4718         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4719
4720     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4721         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4722
4723     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4724         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4725
4726     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4727         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4728 }
4729
4730 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4731 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4732 //
4733 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4734 {
4735     int i;
4736     bool result = false;
4737
4738     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4739     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4740     ClearAttrCache();
4741
4742     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4743     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4744     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4745     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4746     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4747     HideCellEditControl();
4748
4749 #if 0
4750     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4751     // now
4752     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4753     {
4754         InitColWidths();
4755     }
4756
4757     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4758     {
4759         InitRowHeights();
4760     }
4761 #endif
4762
4763     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4764     {
4765         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4766         {
4767             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4768             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4769
4770             m_numRows += numRows;
4771
4772             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4773             {
4774                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4775                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4776
4777                 int bottom = 0;
4778                 if ( pos > 0 )
4779                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4780
4781                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4782                 {
4783                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4784                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4785                 }
4786             }
4787
4788             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4789             {
4790                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4791                 // cell will be undefined...
4792                 //
4793                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4794             }
4795
4796             if ( m_selection )
4797                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4798             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4799             if (attrProvider)
4800                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4801
4802             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4803             {
4804                 CalcDimensions();
4805                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4806             }
4807         }
4808         result = true;
4809         break;
4810
4811         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4812         {
4813             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4814             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4815             m_numRows += numRows;
4816
4817             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4818             {
4819                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4820                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4821
4822                 int bottom = 0;
4823                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4824                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4825
4826                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4827                 {
4828                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4829                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4830                 }
4831             }
4832
4833             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4834             {
4835                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4836                 // cell will be undefined...
4837                 //
4838                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4839             }
4840
4841             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4842             {
4843                 CalcDimensions();
4844                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4845             }
4846         }
4847         result = true;
4848         break;
4849
4850         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4851         {
4852             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4853             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4854             m_numRows -= numRows;
4855
4856             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4857             {
4858                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4859                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4860
4861                 int h = 0;
4862                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4863                 {
4864                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4865                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4866                 }
4867             }
4868
4869             if ( !m_numRows )
4870             {
4871                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4872             }
4873             else
4874             {
4875                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4876                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4877             }
4878
4879             if ( m_selection )
4880                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4881             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4882             if (attrProvider)
4883             {
4884                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4885
4886 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4887 #if 0
4888                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4889                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4890                 // all column attributes.
4891                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4892                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4893                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4894                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4895 #endif
4896             }
4897
4898             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4899             {
4900                 CalcDimensions();
4901                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4902             }
4903         }
4904         result = true;
4905         break;
4906
4907         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4908         {
4909             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4910             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4911             m_numCols += numCols;
4912
4913             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4914             {
4915                 //Shift the column IDs
4916                 int i;
4917                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4918                 {
4919                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4920                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4921                 }
4922
4923                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4924
4925                 //Set the new columns' positions
4926                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4927                 {
4928                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4929                 }
4930             }
4931
4932             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4933             {
4934                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4935                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4936
4937                 int right = 0;
4938                 if ( pos > 0 )
4939                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4940
4941                 int colPos;
4942                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4943                 {
4944                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4945
4946                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4947                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4948                 }
4949             }
4950
4951             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4952             {
4953                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4954                 // cell will be undefined...
4955                 //
4956                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4957             }
4958
4959             if ( m_selection )
4960                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4961             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4962             if (attrProvider)
4963                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4964             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4965             {
4966                 CalcDimensions();
4967                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4968             }
4969         }
4970         result = true;
4971         break;
4972
4973         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4974         {
4975             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4976             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4977             m_numCols += numCols;
4978
4979             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4980             {
4981                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4982
4983                 //Set the new columns' positions
4984                 int i;
4985                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4986                 {
4987                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4988                 }
4989             }
4990
4991             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4992             {
4993                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4994                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4995
4996                 int right = 0;
4997                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4998                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4999
5000                 int colPos;
5001                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5002                 {
5003                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5004
5005                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5006                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5007                 }
5008             }
5009
5010             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5011             {
5012                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5013                 // cell will be undefined...
5014                 //
5015                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5016             }
5017             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5018             {
5019                 CalcDimensions();
5020                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5021             }
5022         }
5023         result = true;
5024         break;
5025
5026         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5027         {
5028             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5029             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5030             m_numCols -= numCols;
5031
5032             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5033             {
5034                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5035
5036                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5037
5038                 //Shift the column IDs
5039                 int colPos;
5040                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5041                 {
5042                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5043                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5044                 }
5045             }
5046
5047             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5048             {
5049                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5050                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5051
5052                 int w = 0;
5053                 int colPos;
5054                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5055                 {
5056                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5057
5058                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5059                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5060                 }
5061             }
5062
5063             if ( !m_numCols )
5064             {
5065                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5066             }
5067             else
5068             {
5069                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5070                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5071             }
5072
5073             if ( m_selection )
5074                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5075             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5076             if (attrProvider)
5077             {
5078                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5079
5080 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5081 #if 0
5082                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5083                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5084                 // all row attributes.
5085                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5086                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5087                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5088                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5089 #endif
5090             }
5091
5092             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5093             {
5094                 CalcDimensions();
5095                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5096             }
5097         }
5098         result = true;
5099         break;
5100     }
5101
5102     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5103         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5104
5105     return result;
5106 }
5107
5108 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5109 {
5110     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5111     wxRect r;
5112
5113     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5114
5115     int top, bottom;
5116     while ( iter )
5117     {
5118         r = iter.GetRect();
5119
5120         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5121         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5122         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5123         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5124         //
5125 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5126         int cw, ch;
5127         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5128         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5129             r.SetTop( 0 );
5130         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5131 #endif
5132
5133         // logical bounds of update region
5134         //
5135         int dummy;
5136         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5137         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5138
5139         // find the row labels within these bounds
5140         //
5141         int row;
5142         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5143         {
5144             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5145                 continue;
5146
5147             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5148                 break;
5149
5150             rowlabels.Add( row );
5151         }
5152
5153         ++iter;
5154     }
5155
5156     return rowlabels;
5157 }
5158
5159 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5160 {
5161     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5162     wxRect r;
5163
5164     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5165
5166     int left, right;
5167     while ( iter )
5168     {
5169         r = iter.GetRect();
5170
5171         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5172         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5173         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5174         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5175         //
5176 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5177         int cw, ch;
5178         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5179         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5180             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5181         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5182 #endif
5183
5184         // logical bounds of update region
5185         //
5186         int dummy;
5187         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5188         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5189
5190         // find the cells within these bounds
5191         //
5192         int col;
5193         int colPos;
5194         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5195         {
5196             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5197
5198             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5199                 continue;
5200
5201             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5202                 break;
5203
5204             colLabels.Add( col );
5205         }
5206
5207         ++iter;
5208     }
5209
5210     return colLabels;
5211 }
5212
5213 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5214 {
5215     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5216     wxRect r;
5217
5218     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5219
5220     int left, top, right, bottom;
5221     while ( iter )
5222     {
5223         r = iter.GetRect();
5224
5225         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5226         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5227         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5228         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5229         //
5230 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5231         int cw, ch;
5232         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5233         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5234         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5235         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5236         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5237 #endif
5238
5239         // logical bounds of update region
5240         //
5241         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5242         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5243
5244         // find the cells within these bounds
5245         //
5246         int row, col;
5247         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5248         {
5249             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5250                 continue;
5251
5252             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5253                 break;
5254
5255             int colPos;
5256             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5257             {
5258                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5259
5260                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5261                     continue;
5262
5263                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5264                     break;
5265
5266                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5267             }
5268         }
5269
5270         ++iter;
5271     }
5272
5273     return cellsExposed;
5274 }
5275
5276
5277 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5278 {
5279     int x, y, row;
5280     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5281     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5282
5283     if ( event.Dragging() )
5284     {
5285         if (!m_isDragging)
5286         {
5287             m_isDragging = true;
5288             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5289         }
5290
5291         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5292         {
5293             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5294             {
5295                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5296                 {
5297                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5298                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5299                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5300
5301                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5302                     PrepareDC( dc );
5303                     y = wxMax( y,
5304                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5305                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5306                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5307                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5308                     {
5309                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5310                     }
5311                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5312                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5313                 }
5314                 break;
5315
5316                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5317                 {
5318                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5319                     {
5320                         if ( m_selection )
5321                         {
5322                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5323                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5324                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5325                                                     event.AltDown(),
5326                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5327                         }
5328                     }
5329                 }
5330                 break;
5331
5332                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5333                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5334                 default:
5335                     break;
5336             }
5337         }
5338         return;
5339     }
5340
5341     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5342         return;
5343
5344     if (m_isDragging)
5345     {
5346         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5347             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5348         m_isDragging = false;
5349     }
5350
5351     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5352     //
5353     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5354     {
5355         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5356     }
5357
5358     // ------------ Left button pressed
5359     //
5360     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5361     {
5362         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5363         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5364         // wanting to resize the row
5365         //
5366         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5367         {
5368             row = YToRow(y);
5369             if ( row >= 0 &&
5370                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5371             {
5372                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5373                     ClearSelection();
5374                 if ( m_selection )
5375                 {
5376                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5377                     {
5378                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5379                                                   0,
5380                                                   row,
5381                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5382                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5383                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5384                                                   event.AltDown(),
5385                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5386                     }
5387                     else
5388                     {
5389                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5390                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5391                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5392                                                 event.AltDown(),
5393                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5394                     }
5395                 }
5396
5397                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5398             }
5399         }
5400         else
5401         {
5402             // starting to drag-resize a row
5403             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5404                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5405         }
5406     }
5407
5408     // ------------ Left double click
5409     //
5410     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5411     {
5412         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5413         if ( row < 0 )
5414         {
5415             row = YToRow(y);
5416             if ( row >=0 &&
5417                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5418             {
5419                 // no default action at the moment
5420             }
5421         }
5422         else
5423         {
5424             // adjust row height depending on label text
5425             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5426
5427             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5428             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5429         }
5430     }
5431
5432     // ------------ Left button released
5433     //
5434     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5435     {
5436         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5437         {
5438             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5439
5440             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5441             // default processing in this case
5442             //
5443             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5444         }
5445
5446         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5447         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5448     }
5449
5450     // ------------ Right button down
5451     //
5452     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5453     {
5454         row = YToRow(y);
5455         if ( row >=0 &&
5456              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5457         {
5458             // no default action at the moment
5459         }
5460     }
5461
5462     // ------------ Right double click
5463     //
5464     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5465     {
5466         row = YToRow(y);
5467         if ( row >= 0 &&
5468              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5469         {
5470             // no default action at the moment
5471         }
5472     }
5473
5474     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5475     //
5476     else if ( event.Moving() )
5477     {
5478         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5479         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5480         {
5481             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5482             {
5483                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5484                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5485                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5486             }
5487         }
5488         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5489         {
5490             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5491         }
5492     }
5493 }
5494
5495 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5496 {
5497     int x, y, col;
5498     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5499     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5500
5501     if ( event.Dragging() )
5502     {
5503         if (!m_isDragging)
5504         {
5505             m_isDragging = true;
5506             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5507
5508             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5509                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5510         }
5511
5512         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5513         {
5514             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5515             {
5516                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5517                 {
5518                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5519                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5520                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5521
5522                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5523                     PrepareDC( dc );
5524
5525                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5526                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5527                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5528                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5529                     {
5530                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5531                     }
5532                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5533                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5534                 }
5535                 break;
5536
5537                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5538                 {
5539                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5540                     {
5541                         if ( m_selection )
5542                         {
5543                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5544                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5545                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5546                                                     event.AltDown(),
5547                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5548                         }
5549                     }
5550                 }
5551                 break;
5552
5553                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5554                 {
5555                     if ( x < 0 )
5556                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5557                     else
5558                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5559
5560                     int markerX;
5561
5562                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5563                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5564                     else
5565                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5566
5567                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5568                     {
5569                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5570
5571                         int cw, ch;
5572                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5573
5574                         markerX++;
5575
5576                         //Clean up the last indicator
5577                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5578                         {
5579                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5580                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5581                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5582                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5583
5584                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5585                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5586                         }
5587
5588                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5589                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5590                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5591                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5592                         {
5593                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5594                             return;
5595                         }
5596
5597                         //Draw the marker
5598                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5599                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5600
5601                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5602
5603                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5604
5605                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5606                     }
5607                 }
5608                 break;
5609
5610                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5611                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5612                 default:
5613                     break;
5614             }
5615         }
5616         return;
5617     }
5618
5619     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5620         return;
5621
5622     if (m_isDragging)
5623     {
5624         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5625             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5626         m_isDragging = false;
5627     }
5628
5629     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5630     //
5631     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5632     {
5633         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5634     }
5635
5636     // ------------ Left button pressed
5637     //
5638     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5639     {
5640         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5641         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5642         // wanting to resize the col
5643         //
5644         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5645         {
5646             col = XToCol(x);
5647             if ( col >= 0 &&
5648                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5649             {
5650                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5651                 {
5652                     //Show button as pressed
5653                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5654                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5655                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5656                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5657                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5658                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5659
5660                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5661                 }
5662                 else
5663                 {
5664                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5665                         ClearSelection();
5666                     if ( m_selection )
5667                     {
5668                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5669                         {
5670                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5671                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5672                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5673                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5674                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5675                                                       event.AltDown(),
5676                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5677                         }
5678                         else
5679                         {
5680                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5681                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5682                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5683                                                     event.AltDown(),
5684                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5685                         }
5686                     }
5687
5688                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5689                 }
5690             }
5691         }
5692         else
5693         {
5694             // starting to drag-resize a col
5695             //
5696             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5697                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5698         }
5699     }
5700
5701     // ------------ Left double click
5702     //
5703     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5704     {
5705         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5706         if ( col < 0 )
5707         {
5708             col = XToCol(x);
5709             if ( col >= 0 &&
5710                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5711             {
5712                 // no default action at the moment
5713             }
5714         }
5715         else
5716         {
5717             // adjust column width depending on label text
5718             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5719
5720             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5721             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5722         }
5723     }
5724
5725     // ------------ Left button released
5726     //
5727     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5728     {
5729         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5730         {
5731             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5732                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5733
5734                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5735                 // default processing in this case
5736                 //
5737                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5738                 break;
5739
5740             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5741                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5742
5743                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5744                 break;
5745
5746             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5747             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5748             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5749             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5750                 // nothing to do (?)
5751                 break;
5752         }
5753
5754         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5755         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5756     }
5757
5758     // ------------ Right button down
5759     //
5760     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5761     {
5762         col = XToCol(x);
5763         if ( col >= 0 &&
5764              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5765         {
5766             // no default action at the moment
5767         }
5768     }
5769
5770     // ------------ Right double click
5771     //
5772     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5773     {
5774         col = XToCol(x);
5775         if ( col >= 0 &&
5776              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5777         {
5778             // no default action at the moment
5779         }
5780     }
5781
5782     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5783     //
5784     else if ( event.Moving() )
5785     {
5786         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5787         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5788         {
5789             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5790             {
5791                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5792                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5793                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5794             }
5795         }
5796         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5797         {
5798             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5799         }
5800     }
5801 }
5802
5803 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5804 {
5805     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5806     {
5807         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5808         // col args == -1
5809         //
5810         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5811         {
5812             SelectAll();
5813         }
5814     }
5815     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5816     {
5817         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5818     }
5819     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5820     {
5821         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5822         {
5823             // no default action at the moment
5824         }
5825     }
5826     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5827     {
5828         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5829         {
5830             // no default action at the moment
5831         }
5832     }
5833 }
5834
5835 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5836 {
5837     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5838     if ( m_winCapture )
5839     {
5840         m_isDragging = false;
5841         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5842         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5843         m_winCapture = NULL;
5844
5845         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5846         Refresh();
5847     }
5848 }
5849
5850 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5851                               wxWindow *win,
5852                               bool captureMouse)
5853 {
5854 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5855     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5856     {
5857         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5858         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5859         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5860         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5861         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5862         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5863     };
5864
5865     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5866                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5867                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5868                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5869                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5870                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5871 #endif
5872
5873     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5874          win == m_winCapture &&
5875          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5876         return;
5877
5878     if ( !win )
5879     {
5880         // by default use the grid itself
5881         win = m_gridWin;
5882     }
5883
5884     if ( m_winCapture )
5885     {
5886         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5887             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5888         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5889     }
5890
5891     m_cursorMode = mode;
5892
5893     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5894     {
5895         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5896             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5897             break;
5898
5899         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5900             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5901             break;
5902
5903         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5904             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5905             break;
5906
5907         default:
5908             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5909             break;
5910     }
5911
5912     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5913     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5914                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5915
5916     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5917     {
5918         win->CaptureMouse();
5919         m_winCapture = win;
5920     }
5921 }
5922
5923 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5924 {
5925     int x, y;
5926     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5927     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5928
5929     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5930     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5931
5932     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5933     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5934     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5935     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5936     {
5937         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5938         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5939     }
5940
5941     if ( event.Dragging() )
5942     {
5943         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5944
5945         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5946         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5947         if (! m_isDragging)
5948         {
5949             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5950             {
5951                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5952                 return;
5953             }
5954             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5955                 return;
5956         }
5957
5958         m_isDragging = true;
5959         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5960         {
5961             // Hide the edit control, so it
5962             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5963             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5964             {
5965                 HideCellEditControl();
5966                 SaveEditControlValue();
5967             }
5968
5969             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5970             {
5971                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5972                 {
5973                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5974                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5975                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5976                 }
5977                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5978                 {
5979                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5980                     {
5981                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5982                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5983
5984                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5985                                    coords.GetRow(),
5986                                    coords.GetCol(),
5987                                    event );
5988                         return;
5989                     }
5990                 }
5991                 else
5992                 {
5993                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5994                     {
5995                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5996                     }
5997                     else
5998                     {
5999                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
6000                     }
6001                 }
6002
6003                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
6004                 {
6005                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
6006                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
6007                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
6008                 }
6009             }
6010             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
6011             if (! m_winCapture)
6012             {
6013                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6014                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6015             }
6016
6017
6018         }
6019         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6020         {
6021             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6022             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6023             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6024
6025             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6026             PrepareDC( dc );
6027             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6028                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6029             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6030             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6031             {
6032                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6033             }
6034             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6035             m_dragLastPos = y;
6036         }
6037         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6038         {
6039             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6040             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6041             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6042
6043             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6044             PrepareDC( dc );
6045             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6046                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6047             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6048             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6049             {
6050                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6051             }
6052             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6053             m_dragLastPos = x;
6054         }
6055
6056         return;
6057     }
6058
6059     m_isDragging = false;
6060     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6061
6062     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6063     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6064     //     wxGTK
6065 #if 0
6066     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6067     {
6068         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6069         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6070     }
6071     else
6072 #endif // 0
6073
6074     // ------------ Left button pressed
6075     //
6076     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6077     {
6078         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6079                        coords.GetRow(),
6080                        coords.GetCol(),
6081                        event ) )
6082         {
6083             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6084                 ClearSelection();
6085             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6086             {
6087                 if ( m_selection )
6088                 {
6089                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6090                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6091                                               coords.GetRow(),
6092                                               coords.GetCol(),
6093                                               event.ControlDown(),
6094                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6095                                               event.AltDown(),
6096                                               event.MetaDown() );
6097                 }
6098             }
6099             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6100                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6101             {
6102                 DisableCellEditControl();
6103                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6104
6105                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6106                 {
6107                     if ( m_selection )
6108                     {
6109                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6110                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6111                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6112                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6113                                                           event.AltDown(),
6114                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6115                     }
6116                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6117                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6118                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6119                 }
6120                 else
6121                 {
6122                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6123                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6124                     if ( m_selection )
6125                     {
6126                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6127                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6128                         {
6129                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6130                         }
6131                     }
6132                 }
6133             }
6134         }
6135     }
6136
6137     // ------------ Left double click
6138     //
6139     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6140     {
6141         DisableCellEditControl();
6142
6143         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6144         {
6145             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6146                              coords.GetRow(),
6147                              coords.GetCol(),
6148                              event ) )
6149             {
6150                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6151                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6152                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6153             }
6154         }
6155     }
6156
6157     // ------------ Left button released
6158     //
6159     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6160     {
6161         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6162         {
6163             if (m_winCapture)
6164             {
6165                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6166                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6167                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6168             }
6169
6170             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6171             {
6172                 ClearSelection();
6173                 EnableCellEditControl();
6174
6175                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6176                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6177                 editor->StartingClick();
6178                 editor->DecRef();
6179                 attr->DecRef();
6180
6181                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6182             }
6183             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6184                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6185             {
6186                 if ( m_selection )
6187                 {
6188                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6189                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6190                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6191                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6192                                               event.ControlDown(),
6193                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6194                                               event.AltDown(),
6195                                               event.MetaDown() );
6196                 }
6197
6198                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6199                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6200
6201                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6202                 // drag-shrinking.
6203                 ShowCellEditControl();
6204             }
6205         }
6206         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6207         {
6208             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6209             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6210
6211             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6212             // default processing in this case
6213             //
6214             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6215         }
6216         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6217         {
6218             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6219             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6220
6221             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6222             // default processing in this case
6223             //
6224             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6225         }
6226
6227         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6228     }
6229
6230     // ------------ Right button down
6231     //
6232     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6233     {
6234         DisableCellEditControl();
6235         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6236                          coords.GetRow(),
6237                          coords.GetCol(),
6238                          event ) )
6239         {
6240             // no default action at the moment
6241         }
6242     }
6243
6244     // ------------ Right double click
6245     //
6246     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6247     {
6248         DisableCellEditControl();
6249         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6250                          coords.GetRow(),
6251                          coords.GetCol(),
6252                          event ) )
6253         {
6254             // no default action at the moment
6255         }
6256     }
6257
6258     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6259     //
6260     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6261     {
6262         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6263         {
6264             // out of grid cell area
6265             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6266             return;
6267         }
6268
6269         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6270         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6271
6272         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6273         // directions is not implemented yet...
6274         //
6275         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6276         {
6277             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6278             return;
6279         }
6280
6281         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6282         {
6283             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6284
6285             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6286             {
6287                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6288                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
6289             }
6290         }
6291         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6292         {
6293             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6294
6295             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6296             {
6297                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6298                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
6299             }
6300         }
6301         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6302         {
6303             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6304             {
6305                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6306             }
6307         }
6308     }
6309 }
6310
6311 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6312 {
6313     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6314     {
6315         // erase the last line and resize the row
6316         //
6317         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6318         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6319         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6320
6321         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6322         PrepareDC( dc );
6323         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6324         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6325         HideCellEditControl();
6326         SaveEditControlValue();
6327
6328         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6329         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6330                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6331
6332         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6333         {
6334             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6335             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6336             rect.x = 0;
6337             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6338             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6339             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6340             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6341             rect.width = cw;
6342
6343             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6344             if (m_table)
6345             {
6346                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6347                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6348                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6349                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6350                 {
6351                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6352                     {
6353                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6354                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6355                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6356                     }
6357                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6358                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6359                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6360                 }
6361             }
6362             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6363         }
6364
6365         ShowCellEditControl();
6366     }
6367 }
6368
6369
6370 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6371 {
6372     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6373     {
6374         // erase the last line and resize the col
6375         //
6376         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6377         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6378         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6379
6380         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6381         PrepareDC( dc );
6382         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6383         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6384         HideCellEditControl();
6385         SaveEditControlValue();
6386
6387         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6388         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6389                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6390                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6391
6392         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6393         {
6394             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6395             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6396             rect.y = 0;
6397             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6398             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6399             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6400             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6401             rect.height = ch;
6402
6403             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6404             if (m_table)
6405             {
6406                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6407                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6408                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6409                 if (topRow >= 0)
6410                 {
6411                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6412                     {
6413                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6414                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6415                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6416                     }
6417
6418                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6419                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6420                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6421                 }
6422             }
6423
6424             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6425         }
6426
6427         ShowCellEditControl();
6428     }
6429 }
6430
6431 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6432 {
6433     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6434     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6435     {
6436         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6437         return;
6438     }
6439
6440     int newPos;
6441     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6442         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6443     else
6444     {
6445         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6446         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6447             newPos--;
6448     }
6449
6450     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6451 }
6452
6453 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6454 {
6455     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6456     {
6457         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6458
6459         int i;
6460         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6461         {
6462             m_colAt.Add( i );
6463         }
6464     }
6465
6466     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6467
6468     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6469     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6470     {
6471         int i;
6472         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6473         {
6474             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6475         }
6476     }
6477     else
6478     {
6479         int i;
6480         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6481         {
6482             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6483         }
6484     }
6485
6486     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6487
6488     //Recalculate the column rights
6489     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6490     {
6491         int colRight = 0;
6492         int colPos;
6493         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6494         {
6495             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6496
6497             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6498             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6499         }
6500     }
6501
6502     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6503     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6504 }
6505
6506
6507
6508 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6509 {
6510     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6511         return;
6512
6513     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6514
6515     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6516     {
6517         m_colAt.Clear();
6518
6519         //Recalculate the column rights
6520         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6521         {
6522             int colRight = 0;
6523             int colPos;
6524             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6525             {
6526                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6527                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6528             }
6529         }
6530
6531         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6532         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6533     }
6534 }
6535
6536
6537 //
6538 // ------ interaction with data model
6539 //
6540 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6541 {
6542     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6543     {
6544         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6545             return GetModelValues();
6546
6547         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6548             return SetModelValues();
6549
6550         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6551         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6552         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6553         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6554         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6555         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6556             return Redimension( msg );
6557
6558         default:
6559             return false;
6560     }
6561 }
6562
6563 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6564 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6565 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6566 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6567 //
6568 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6569 {
6570     if ( m_table )
6571     {
6572         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6573             DisableCellEditControl();
6574
6575         m_table->Clear();
6576         if (!GetBatchCount())
6577             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6578     }
6579 }
6580
6581 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6582 {
6583     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6584
6585     if ( !m_created )
6586     {
6587         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6588         return false;
6589     }
6590
6591     if ( m_table )
6592     {
6593         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6594             DisableCellEditControl();
6595
6596         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6597         return done;
6598
6599         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6600         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6601     }
6602
6603     return false;
6604 }
6605
6606 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6607 {
6608     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6609
6610     if ( !m_created )
6611     {
6612         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6613         return false;
6614     }
6615
6616     if ( m_table )
6617     {
6618         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6619         return done;
6620
6621         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6622         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6623     }
6624
6625     return false;
6626 }
6627
6628 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6629 {
6630     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6631
6632     if ( !m_created )
6633     {
6634         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6635         return false;
6636     }
6637
6638     if ( m_table )
6639     {
6640         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6641             DisableCellEditControl();
6642
6643         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6644         return done;
6645         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6646         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6647     }
6648
6649     return false;
6650 }
6651
6652 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6653 {
6654     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6655
6656     if ( !m_created )
6657     {
6658         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6659         return false;
6660     }
6661
6662     if ( m_table )
6663     {
6664         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6665             DisableCellEditControl();
6666
6667         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6668         return done;
6669         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6670         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6671     }
6672
6673     return false;
6674 }
6675
6676 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6677 {
6678     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6679
6680     if ( !m_created )
6681     {
6682         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6683         return false;
6684     }
6685
6686     if ( m_table )
6687     {
6688         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6689         return done;
6690         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6691         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6692     }
6693
6694     return false;
6695 }
6696
6697 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6698 {
6699     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6700
6701     if ( !m_created )
6702     {
6703         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6704         return false;
6705     }
6706
6707     if ( m_table )
6708     {
6709         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6710             DisableCellEditControl();
6711
6712         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6713         return done;
6714         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6715         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6716     }
6717
6718     return false;
6719 }
6720
6721 //
6722 // ----- event handlers
6723 //
6724
6725 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6726 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6727 //
6728 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6729                         int row, int col,
6730                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6731 {
6732    bool claimed, vetoed;
6733
6734    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6735    {
6736        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6737
6738        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6739                type,
6740                this,
6741                rowOrCol,
6742                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6743                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6744                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6745                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6746                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6747                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6748
6749        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6750        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6751    }
6752    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6753    {
6754        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6755        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6756                type,
6757                this,
6758                m_selectingTopLeft,
6759                m_selectingBottomRight,
6760                true,
6761                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6762                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6763                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6764                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6765
6766        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6767        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6768    }
6769    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6770              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6771              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6772              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6773    {
6774        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6775
6776        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6777            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6778        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6779            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6780
6781        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6782                type,
6783                this,
6784                row, col,
6785                pos.x,
6786                pos.y,
6787                false,
6788                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6789                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6790                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6791                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6792        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6793        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6794    }
6795    else
6796    {
6797        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6798                type,
6799                this,
6800                row, col,
6801                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6802                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6803                false,
6804                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6805                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6806                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6807                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6808        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6809        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6810    }
6811
6812    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6813    if (vetoed)
6814        return -1;
6815
6816    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6817 }
6818
6819 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6820 // of ProcessEvent().
6821 //
6822 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6823                         int row, int col )
6824 {
6825    bool claimed, vetoed;
6826
6827     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6828     {
6829         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6830
6831         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6832
6833         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6834         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6835     }
6836     else
6837     {
6838         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6839
6840         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6841         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6842      }
6843
6844     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6845     if (vetoed)
6846         return -1;
6847
6848     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6849 }
6850
6851 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6852 {
6853     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6854     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6855 }
6856
6857 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6858 {
6859     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6860     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6861     if (! GetBatchCount())
6862     {
6863         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6864         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6865
6866         if (rect)
6867         {
6868             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6869             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6870             int x, y;
6871
6872             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6873             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6874             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6875             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6876             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6877
6878             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6879             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6880                 width_label = rectWidth;
6881
6882             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6883             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6884                 height_label = rectHeight;
6885
6886             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6887             {
6888                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6889                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6890             }
6891             else
6892             {
6893                 x = 0;
6894                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6895             }
6896
6897             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6898             {
6899                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6900                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6901             }
6902             else
6903             {
6904                 y = 0;
6905                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6906             }
6907
6908             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6909             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6910             {
6911                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6912                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6913             }
6914
6915             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6916             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6917             {
6918                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6919                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6920             }
6921
6922             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6923             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6924             {
6925                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6926                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6927             }
6928
6929             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6930             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6931             {
6932                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6933                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6934             }
6935         }
6936         else
6937         {
6938             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6939             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6940             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6941             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6942         }
6943     }
6944 }
6945
6946 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6947 {
6948     // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6949     CalcDimensions();
6950 }
6951
6952 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6953 {
6954     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6955     {
6956         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6957         //
6958         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6959     }
6960
6961     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6962
6963     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6964     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6965     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6966     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6967
6968     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6969     {
6970         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6971         {
6972             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6973                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6974             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6975                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6976         }
6977
6978         // try local handlers
6979         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6980         {
6981             case WXK_UP:
6982                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6983                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6984                 else
6985                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6986                 break;
6987
6988             case WXK_DOWN:
6989                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6990                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6991                 else
6992                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6993                 break;
6994
6995             case WXK_LEFT:
6996                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6997                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6998                 else
6999                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7000                 break;
7001
7002             case WXK_RIGHT:
7003                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7004                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7005                 else
7006                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7007                 break;
7008
7009             case WXK_RETURN:
7010             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7011                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7012                 {
7013                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7014                 }
7015                 else
7016                 {
7017                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7018                     {
7019                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7020                     }
7021                     else
7022                     {
7023                         // at the bottom of a column
7024                         DisableCellEditControl();
7025                     }
7026                 }
7027                 break;
7028
7029             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7030                 ClearSelection();
7031                 break;
7032
7033             case WXK_TAB:
7034                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7035                 {
7036                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7037                     {
7038                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7039                     }
7040                     else
7041                     {
7042                         // at left of grid
7043                         DisableCellEditControl();
7044                     }
7045                 }
7046                 else
7047                 {
7048                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7049                     {
7050                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7051                     }
7052                     else
7053                     {
7054                         // at right of grid
7055                         DisableCellEditControl();
7056                     }
7057                 }
7058                 break;
7059
7060             case WXK_HOME:
7061                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7062                 {
7063                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7064                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7065                 }
7066                 else
7067                 {
7068                     event.Skip();
7069                 }
7070                 break;
7071
7072             case WXK_END:
7073                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7074                 {
7075                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7076                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7077                 }
7078                 else
7079                 {
7080                     event.Skip();
7081                 }
7082                 break;
7083
7084             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7085                 MovePageUp();
7086                 break;
7087
7088             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7089                 MovePageDown();
7090                 break;
7091
7092             case WXK_SPACE:
7093                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7094                 {
7095                     if ( m_selection )
7096                     {
7097                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7098                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7099                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7100                             event.ControlDown(),
7101                             event.ShiftDown(),
7102                             event.AltDown(),
7103                             event.MetaDown() );
7104                     }
7105                     break;
7106                 }
7107
7108                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7109                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7110                 else
7111                     event.Skip();
7112                 break;
7113
7114             default:
7115                 event.Skip();
7116                 break;
7117         }
7118     }
7119
7120     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7121 }
7122
7123 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7124 {
7125     // try local handlers
7126     //
7127     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7128     {
7129         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7130              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7131         {
7132             if ( m_selection )
7133             {
7134                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7135                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7136                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7137                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7138                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7139                     event.ControlDown(),
7140                     true,
7141                     event.AltDown(),
7142                     event.MetaDown() );
7143             }
7144         }
7145
7146         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7147         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7148         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7149     }
7150 }
7151
7152 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7153 {
7154     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7155     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7156     {
7157         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7158         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7159         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7160         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7161         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7162
7163         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7164         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7165         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7166              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7167         {
7168             // ensure cell is visble
7169             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7170             EnableCellEditControl();
7171
7172             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7173             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7174             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7175             // crash the app
7176             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7177                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7178         }
7179         else
7180         {
7181             event.Skip();
7182         }
7183
7184         editor->DecRef();
7185         attr->DecRef();
7186     }
7187     else
7188     {
7189         event.Skip();
7190     }
7191 }
7192
7193 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7194 {
7195 }
7196
7197 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7198 {
7199     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7200     {
7201         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7202         return;
7203     }
7204
7205 #if !(defined(__WXMAC__) && wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS)
7206     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7207     PrepareDC( dc );
7208 #endif
7209
7210     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7211     {
7212         DisableCellEditControl();
7213
7214         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7215         {
7216             wxRect r;
7217             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7218             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7219             {
7220                 r.x--;
7221                 r.y--;
7222                 r.width++;
7223                 r.height++;
7224             }
7225
7226             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7227
7228             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7229             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7230
7231 #if defined(__WXMAC__) && wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
7232             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7233 #else
7234             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7235             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7236 #endif
7237         }
7238     }
7239
7240     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7241
7242     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7243 #if !(defined(__WXMAC__) && wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS)
7244     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7245 #endif
7246     attr->DecRef();
7247 }
7248
7249 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7250 {
7251     int temp;
7252     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7253
7254     if ( m_selection )
7255     {
7256         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7257         {
7258             leftCol = 0;
7259             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7260         }
7261         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7262         {
7263             topRow = 0;
7264             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7265         }
7266     }
7267
7268     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7269     {
7270         temp = topRow;
7271         topRow = bottomRow;
7272         bottomRow = temp;
7273     }
7274
7275     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7276     {
7277         temp = leftCol;
7278         leftCol = rightCol;
7279         rightCol = temp;
7280     }
7281
7282     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7283     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7284
7285     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7286     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7287          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7288     {
7289         wxRect rect;
7290         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7291                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7292         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7293     }
7294
7295     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7296     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7297               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7298     {
7299         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7300         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7301         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7302         wxRect  rect[4];
7303         bool    need_refresh[4];
7304         need_refresh[0] =
7305         need_refresh[1] =
7306         need_refresh[2] =
7307         need_refresh[3] = false;
7308         int     i;
7309
7310         // Store intermediate values
7311         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7312         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7313         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7314         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7315
7316         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7317         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7318         {
7319             temp = oldLeft;
7320             oldLeft = leftCol;
7321             leftCol = temp;
7322         }
7323         if (oldTop > topRow )
7324         {
7325             temp = oldTop;
7326             oldTop = topRow;
7327             topRow = temp;
7328         }
7329         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7330         {
7331             temp = oldRight;
7332             oldRight = rightCol;
7333             rightCol = temp;
7334         }
7335         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7336         {
7337             temp = oldBottom;
7338             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7339             bottomRow = temp;
7340         }
7341
7342         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7343         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7344         // is contained in the other.
7345
7346         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7347         {
7348             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7349             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7350             need_refresh[0] = true;
7351             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7352                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7353                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7354         }
7355
7356         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7357         {
7358             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7359             // area above the old or new selection.
7360             need_refresh[1] = true;
7361             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7362                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7363                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7364         }
7365
7366         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7367         {
7368             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7369             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7370             need_refresh[2] = true;
7371             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7372                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7373                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7374         }
7375
7376         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7377         {
7378             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7379             // area below the old or new selection.
7380             need_refresh[3] = true;
7381             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7382                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7383                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7384         }
7385
7386         // various Refresh() calls
7387         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7388             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7389                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7390     }
7391
7392     // change selection
7393     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7394     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7395 }
7396
7397 //
7398 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7399 //
7400
7401 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7402 {
7403     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7404     HideCellEditControl();
7405
7406     if ( m_table )
7407     {
7408         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7409         //
7410         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7411         return true;
7412     }
7413
7414     return false;
7415 }
7416
7417 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7418 {
7419     int row, col;
7420
7421     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7422     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7423     // I think so ...
7424     DisableCellEditControl();
7425
7426     if ( m_table )
7427     {
7428         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7429         {
7430             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7431             {
7432                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7433             }
7434         }
7435
7436         return true;
7437     }
7438
7439     return false;
7440 }
7441
7442 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7443 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7444 // CalcExposedCells)
7445 //
7446 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7447 {
7448     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7449         return;
7450
7451     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7452     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7453     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7454
7455     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7456     {
7457         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7458         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7459         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7460
7461         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7462         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7463         {
7464             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7465             bool marked = false;
7466             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7467             {
7468                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7469                 {
7470                     marked = true;
7471                     break;
7472                 }
7473             }
7474
7475             if (!marked)
7476             {
7477                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7478                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7479                 {
7480                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7481                     {
7482                         marked = true;
7483                         break;
7484                     }
7485                 }
7486
7487                 if (!marked)
7488                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7489             }
7490
7491             // don't bother drawing this cell
7492             continue;
7493         }
7494
7495         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7496         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7497         {
7498             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7499             {
7500                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7501                 int left = col;
7502                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7503                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7504                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7505                     {
7506                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7507                     }
7508
7509                 if (left == col)
7510                     left = 0; // oh well
7511
7512                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7513                 {
7514                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7515                     {
7516                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7517                         {
7518                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7519                             bool marked = false;
7520
7521                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7522                             {
7523                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7524                                 {
7525                                     marked = true;
7526                                     break;
7527                                 }
7528                             }
7529
7530                             if (!marked)
7531                             {
7532                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7533                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7534                                 {
7535                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7536                                     {
7537                                         marked = true;
7538                                         break;
7539                                     }
7540                                 }
7541                                 if (!marked)
7542                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7543                             }
7544                         }
7545                         break;
7546                     }
7547                 }
7548             }
7549         }
7550
7551         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7552     }
7553
7554     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7555
7556     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7557     {
7558         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7559     }
7560 }
7561
7562 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7563 {
7564   int cw, ch;
7565   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7566
7567   int right, bottom;
7568   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7569
7570   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7571   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7572
7573   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7574   {
7575       int left, top;
7576       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7577
7578       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7579       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7580
7581       if ( right > rightCol )
7582       {
7583           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7584       }
7585
7586       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7587       {
7588           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7589       }
7590   }
7591 }
7592
7593 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7594 {
7595     int row = coords.GetRow();
7596     int col = coords.GetCol();
7597
7598     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7599         return;
7600
7601     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7602 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7603     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7604         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7605 #endif
7606
7607     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7608
7609     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7610
7611     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7612
7613     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7614     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7615     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7616     {
7617         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7618         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7619         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7620         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7621 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7622         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7623         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7624         editor->DecRef();
7625 #endif
7626     }
7627     else
7628     {
7629         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7630         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7631         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7632         renderer->DecRef();
7633     }
7634
7635     attr->DecRef();
7636 }
7637
7638 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7639 {
7640     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7641     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7642
7643     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7644         return;
7645
7646     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7647
7648     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7649     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7650     // it doesn't look really good
7651
7652     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7653
7654     if (penWidth > 0)
7655     {
7656         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7657         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7658         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7659         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7660         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7661         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7662         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7663         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7664         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7665
7666         // Now draw the rectangle
7667         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7668         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7669         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7670         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7671         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7672     }
7673
7674 #if 0
7675         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7676
7677         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7678         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7679                 y1 = rect.y,
7680                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7681                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7682
7683         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7684         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7685         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7686
7687         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7688         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7689
7690         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7691         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7692         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7693 #endif
7694 }
7695
7696 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7697 {
7698     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID);
7699 }
7700
7701 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7702 {
7703     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7704 }
7705
7706 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7707 {
7708     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7709 }
7710
7711 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7712 {
7713     int row = coords.GetRow();
7714     int col = coords.GetCol();
7715     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7716         return;
7717
7718
7719     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7720
7721     // right hand border
7722     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7723     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7724                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7725
7726     // bottom border
7727     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7728     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7729                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7730 }
7731
7732 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7733 {
7734     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7735     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7736     //
7737     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7738          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7739     {
7740         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7741     }
7742
7743     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7744     {
7745         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7746         return;
7747     }
7748
7749     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7750     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7751     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7752     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7753     {
7754         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7755         {
7756             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7757             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7758             attr->DecRef();
7759
7760             break;
7761         }
7762     }
7763 }
7764
7765 // TODO: remove this ???
7766 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7767 // has been changed
7768 //
7769 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7770 {
7771 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7772     return;
7773 #endif
7774
7775     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7776          return;
7777
7778     int top, bottom, left, right;
7779
7780 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7781     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7782     {
7783       int cw, ch;
7784       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7785
7786       // virtual coords of visible area
7787       //
7788       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7789       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7790     }
7791     else
7792     {
7793       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7794       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7795       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7796       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7797     }
7798 #else
7799       int cw, ch;
7800       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7801       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7802       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7803 #endif
7804
7805     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7806     //
7807     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7808     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7809
7810     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7811     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7812     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7813     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7814     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7815
7816 #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
7817     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7818
7819     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7820     wxRect rect;
7821
7822     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7823     {
7824         int colPos;
7825         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7826         {
7827             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7828
7829             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7830             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7831             {
7832                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7833                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7834                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7835             }
7836             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7837             {
7838                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7839                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7840                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7841             }
7842         }
7843     }
7844 #else
7845     wxRegion clippedcells( left, top, right - left, bottom - top );
7846
7847     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7848     wxRect rect;
7849
7850     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7851     {
7852         for (i=leftCol; i<=rightCol; i++)
7853         {
7854             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7855             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7856             {
7857                 rect = CellToRect(j, i);
7858                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7859             }
7860             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7861             {
7862                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7863                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7864             }
7865         }
7866     }
7867 #endif
7868
7869     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7870
7871
7872     // horizontal grid lines
7873     //
7874     // already declared above - int i;
7875     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7876     {
7877         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7878
7879         if ( bot > bottom )
7880         {
7881             break;
7882         }
7883
7884         if ( bot >= top )
7885         {
7886             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7887             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7888         }
7889     }
7890
7891     // vertical grid lines
7892     //
7893     int colPos;
7894     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7895     {
7896         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7897
7898         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7899 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7900         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7901 #endif
7902             colRight--;
7903
7904         if ( colRight > right )
7905         {
7906             break;
7907         }
7908
7909         if ( colRight >= left )
7910         {
7911             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7912             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7913         }
7914     }
7915
7916     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7917 }
7918
7919 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7920 {
7921     if ( !m_numRows )
7922         return;
7923
7924     size_t i;
7925     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7926
7927     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7928     {
7929         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7930     }
7931 }
7932
7933 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7934 {
7935     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7936         return;
7937
7938     wxRect rect;
7939
7940 #if 0
7941 def __WXGTK20__
7942     rect.SetX( 1 );
7943     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7944     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7945     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7946
7947     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7948
7949     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7950
7951     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7952 #else
7953     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7954         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7955
7956     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7957     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7958     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7959     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7960
7961     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7962     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7963     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7964 #endif
7965
7966     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7967     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7968     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7969
7970     int hAlign, vAlign;
7971     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7972
7973     rect.SetX( 2 );
7974     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7975     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7976     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7977     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7978 }
7979
7980 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7981 {
7982     if ( !m_numCols )
7983         return;
7984
7985     size_t i;
7986     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7987
7988     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7989     {
7990         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7991     }
7992 }
7993
7994 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7995 {
7996     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7997         return;
7998
7999     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
8000
8001     wxRect rect;
8002
8003 #if 0
8004 def __WXGTK20__
8005     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
8006     rect.SetY( 1 );
8007     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
8008     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
8009
8010     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
8011
8012     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
8013 #else
8014     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
8015
8016     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
8017     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8018     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
8019     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8020                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8021
8022     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8023     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8024     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8025 #endif
8026
8027     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
8028     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8029     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8030
8031     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8032     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8033     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8034
8035     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8036     rect.SetY( 2 );
8037     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8038     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8039     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8040 }
8041
8042 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8043                                 const wxString& value,
8044                                 const wxRect& rect,
8045                                 int horizAlign,
8046                                 int vertAlign,
8047                                 int textOrientation )
8048 {
8049     wxArrayString lines;
8050
8051     StringToLines( value, lines );
8052
8053     // Forward to new API.
8054     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8055         lines,
8056         rect,
8057         horizAlign,
8058         vertAlign,
8059         textOrientation );
8060 }
8061
8062 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8063 //     add textOrientation support
8064 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8065                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8066                                const wxRect& rect,
8067                                int horizAlign,
8068                                int vertAlign,
8069                                int textOrientation)
8070 {
8071     if ( lines.empty() )
8072         return;
8073
8074     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8075
8076     long textWidth,
8077          textHeight;
8078
8079     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8080         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8081     else
8082         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8083
8084     int x = 0,
8085         y = 0;
8086     switch ( vertAlign )
8087     {
8088         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8089             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8090                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8091             else
8092                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8093             break;
8094
8095         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8096             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8097                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8098             else
8099                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8100             break;
8101
8102         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8103         default:
8104             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8105                 y = rect.y + 1;
8106             else
8107                 x = rect.x + 1;
8108             break;
8109     }
8110
8111     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8112     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8113     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8114     {
8115         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8116
8117         if ( line.empty() )
8118         {
8119             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8120             continue;
8121         }
8122
8123         long lineWidth = 0,
8124              lineHeight = 0;
8125         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8126
8127         switch ( horizAlign )
8128         {
8129             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8130                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8131                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8132                 else
8133                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8134                 break;
8135
8136             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8137                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8138                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8139                 else
8140                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8141                 break;
8142
8143             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8144             default:
8145                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8146                     x = rect.x + 1;
8147                 else
8148                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8149                 break;
8150         }
8151
8152         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8153         {
8154             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8155             y += lineHeight;
8156         }
8157         else
8158         {
8159             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8160             x += lineHeight;
8161         }
8162     }
8163 }
8164
8165 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8166 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8167 //
8168 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8169 {
8170     int startPos = 0;
8171     int pos;
8172     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8173     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8174
8175     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8176     {
8177         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8178         if ( pos < 0 )
8179         {
8180             break;
8181         }
8182         else if ( pos == 0 )
8183         {
8184             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8185         }
8186         else
8187         {
8188             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8189         }
8190
8191         startPos += pos + 1;
8192     }
8193
8194     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
8195     {
8196         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
8197     }
8198 }
8199
8200 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8201                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8202                              long *width, long *height ) const
8203 {
8204     long w = 0;
8205     long h = 0;
8206     long lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8207
8208     size_t i;
8209     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8210     {
8211         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8212         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8213         h += lineH;
8214     }
8215
8216     *width = w;
8217     *height = h;
8218 }
8219
8220 //
8221 // ------ Batch processing.
8222 //
8223 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8224 {
8225     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8226     {
8227         m_batchCount--;
8228         if ( !m_batchCount )
8229         {
8230             CalcDimensions();
8231             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8232             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8233             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8234             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8235         }
8236     }
8237 }
8238
8239 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8240 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8241 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8242 //
8243 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8244 {
8245     BeginBatch();
8246     EndBatch();
8247 }
8248
8249 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8250 {
8251     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8252         return false;
8253
8254     // redraw in the new state
8255     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8256
8257     return true;
8258 }
8259
8260 //
8261 // ------ Edit control functions
8262 //
8263
8264 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8265 {
8266     // TODO: improve this ?
8267     //
8268     if ( edit != m_editable )
8269     {
8270         if (!edit)
8271             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8272         m_editable = edit;
8273     }
8274 }
8275
8276 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8277 {
8278     if (! m_editable)
8279         return;
8280
8281     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8282     {
8283         if ( enable )
8284         {
8285             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8286                 return;
8287
8288             // this should be checked by the caller!
8289             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8290
8291             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8292             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8293
8294             ShowCellEditControl();
8295         }
8296         else
8297         {
8298             //FIXME:add veto support
8299             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8300
8301             HideCellEditControl();
8302             SaveEditControlValue();
8303
8304             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8305             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8306         }
8307     }
8308 }
8309
8310 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8311 {
8312     // const_cast
8313     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8314     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8315     attr->DecRef();
8316
8317     return readonly;
8318 }
8319
8320 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8321 {
8322     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8323         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8324 }
8325
8326 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8327 {
8328     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8329     // current one if it's read only
8330     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8331 }
8332
8333 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8334 {
8335     bool isShown = false;
8336
8337     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8338     {
8339         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8340         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8341         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8342         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8343         attr->DecRef();
8344
8345         if ( editor )
8346         {
8347             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8348             {
8349                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8350             }
8351
8352             editor->DecRef();
8353         }
8354     }
8355
8356     return isShown;
8357 }
8358
8359 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8360 {
8361     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8362     {
8363         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8364         {
8365             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8366             return;
8367         }
8368         else
8369         {
8370             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8371             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8372             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8373
8374             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8375             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8376             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8377             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8378             {
8379                 row += cell_rows;
8380                 col += cell_cols;
8381                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8382                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8383             }
8384
8385             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8386             // might not cover the entire cell
8387             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8388             PrepareDC( dc );
8389             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8390             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
8391             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8392             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8393
8394             // convert to scrolled coords
8395             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8396
8397             int nXMove = 0;
8398             if (rect.x < 0)
8399                 nXMove = rect.x;
8400
8401             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8402             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8403             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8404             // "don't change."
8405             if (rect.x > 0)
8406                 rect.x--;
8407             if (rect.y > 0)
8408                 rect.y--;
8409
8410             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8411             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8412             {
8413                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8414                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8415
8416                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8417                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8418                                              this,
8419                                              row,
8420                                              col,
8421                                              editor->GetControl());
8422                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8423             }
8424
8425             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8426             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8427             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8428             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8429             {
8430                 int y;
8431                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8432                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8433                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8434             }
8435
8436             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8437             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8438                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8439
8440             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8441             {
8442                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8443                 // may have changed earlier
8444                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8445                 {
8446                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8447                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8448
8449                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8450                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8451                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8452                     {
8453                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8454                     }
8455                     else
8456                         break;
8457                 }
8458
8459                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8460                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8461             }
8462
8463             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8464             editor->SetSize( rect );
8465             if (nXMove != 0)
8466                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8467                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8468                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8469             editor->Show( true, attr );
8470
8471             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8472             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8473             CalcDimensions();
8474
8475             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8476             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8477
8478             editor->DecRef();
8479             attr->DecRef();
8480         }
8481     }
8482 }
8483
8484 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8485 {
8486     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8487     {
8488         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8489         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8490
8491         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8492         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8493         editor->Show( false );
8494         editor->DecRef();
8495         attr->DecRef();
8496
8497         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8498
8499         // refresh whole row to the right
8500         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8501         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8502         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8503
8504 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8505         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8506         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8507 #endif
8508
8509         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8510     }
8511 }
8512
8513 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8514 {
8515     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8516     {
8517         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8518         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8519
8520         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8521
8522         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8523         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8524         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8525
8526         editor->DecRef();
8527         attr->DecRef();
8528
8529         if (changed)
8530         {
8531             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8532                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8533                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8534             {
8535                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8536                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8537             }
8538         }
8539     }
8540 }
8541
8542 //
8543 // ------ Grid location functions
8544 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8545 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8546 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8547 //
8548
8549 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8550 {
8551     int row = YToRow(y);
8552     int col = XToCol(x);
8553
8554     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8555     {
8556         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8557     }
8558     else
8559     {
8560         coords.Set( row, col );
8561     }
8562 }
8563
8564 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8565 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8566 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8567 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8568
8569 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8570                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8571                            bool clipToMinMax)
8572 {
8573     if (coord < 0)
8574         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8575
8576     if (!defaultDist)
8577         defaultDist = 1;
8578
8579     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8580            i_min = 0;
8581
8582     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8583     {
8584         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8585             return i_max;
8586         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8587     }
8588
8589     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8590     {
8591         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8592     }
8593     else
8594     {
8595         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8596         {
8597             i_min = i_max;
8598             if (minDist)
8599                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8600             else
8601                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8602         }
8603
8604         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8605             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8606     }
8607
8608     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8609         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8610     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8611         return 0;
8612
8613     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8614     {
8615         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8616                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8617         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8618             return i_max;
8619         else
8620             i_max--;
8621         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8622         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8623             i_max = median;
8624         else
8625             i_min = median;
8626     }
8627
8628     return i_max;
8629 }
8630
8631 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8632 {
8633     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8634                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8635 }
8636
8637 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8638 {
8639     if (x < 0)
8640         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8641
8642     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8643
8644     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8645     int minPos = 0;
8646
8647     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8648     {
8649         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8650             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8651         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8652     }
8653
8654     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8655         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8656     else
8657     {
8658         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8659         {
8660             minPos = maxPos;
8661             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8662                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8663             else
8664                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8665         }
8666         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8667             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8668     }
8669
8670     //X is beyond the last column
8671     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8672         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8673
8674     //X is before the first column
8675     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8676         return GetColAt( 0 );
8677
8678     //Perform a binary search
8679     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8680     {
8681         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8682                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8683
8684         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8685             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8686         else
8687             maxPos--;
8688         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8689         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8690             maxPos = median;
8691         else
8692             minPos = median;
8693     }
8694     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8695 }
8696
8697 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8698 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8699 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8700 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8701 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8702 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8703 //        near the edge).
8704 //   and
8705 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8706 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8707 //
8708 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8709 {
8710     int i;
8711     i = internalYToRow(y);
8712
8713     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8714     {
8715         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8716         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8717         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8718             return i;
8719         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8720             return i - 1;
8721     }
8722
8723     return -1;
8724 }
8725
8726 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8727 // -1 if not near an edge
8728 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8729 //
8730 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8731 {
8732     int i;
8733     i = internalXToCol(x);
8734
8735     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8736     {
8737         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8738         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8739         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8740             return i;
8741         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8742             return i - 1;
8743     }
8744
8745     return -1;
8746 }
8747
8748 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8749 {
8750     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8751
8752     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8753          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8754     {
8755         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8756         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8757         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8758         // if negative then find multicell owner
8759         if (cell_rows < 0)
8760             row += cell_rows;
8761         if (cell_cols < 0)
8762              col += cell_cols;
8763         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8764
8765         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8766         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8767         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8768             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8769         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8770             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8771     }
8772
8773     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8774     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8775     {
8776         rect.width -= 1;
8777         rect.height -= 1;
8778     }
8779
8780     return rect;
8781 }
8782
8783 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8784 {
8785     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8786     //
8787     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8788
8789     // convert to device coords
8790     //
8791     int left, top, right, bottom;
8792     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8793     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8794
8795     // check against the client area of the grid window
8796     int cw, ch;
8797     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8798
8799     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8800     {
8801         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8802         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8803                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8804     }
8805     else
8806     {
8807         // is the cell partly visible ?
8808         //
8809         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8810                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8811     }
8812 }
8813
8814 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8815 // of scrolling
8816 //
8817 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8818 {
8819     int i;
8820     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8821
8822     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8823          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8824     {
8825         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8826         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8827
8828         // convert to device coords
8829         int left, top, right, bottom;
8830         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8831         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8832
8833         int cw, ch;
8834         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8835
8836         if ( top < 0 )
8837         {
8838             ypos = r.GetTop();
8839         }
8840         else if ( bottom > ch )
8841         {
8842             int h = r.GetHeight();
8843             ypos = r.GetTop();
8844             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8845             {
8846                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8847                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8848                     break;
8849
8850                 h += rowHeight;
8851                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8852             }
8853
8854             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8855             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8856             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8857             //
8858             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8859             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8860             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8861         }
8862
8863         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8864         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8865         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8866 //      if ( left < 0 )
8867         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8868         {
8869             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8870         }
8871         else if ( right > cw )
8872         {
8873             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8874             int x0, y0;
8875             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8876             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8877
8878             // see comment for ypos above
8879             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8880         }
8881
8882         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8883         {
8884             if ( xpos != -1 )
8885                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8886             if ( ypos != -1 )
8887                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8888             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8889             AdjustScrollbars();
8890         }
8891     }
8892 }
8893
8894 //
8895 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8896 //
8897
8898 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8899 {
8900     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8901          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8902     {
8903         if ( expandSelection )
8904         {
8905             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8906                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8907             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8908             {
8909                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8910                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8911                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8912                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8913             }
8914         }
8915         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8916         {
8917             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8918             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8919             ClearSelection();
8920             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8921             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8922         }
8923         else
8924             return false;
8925
8926         return true;
8927     }
8928
8929     return false;
8930 }
8931
8932 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8933 {
8934     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8935          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8936     {
8937         if ( expandSelection )
8938         {
8939             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8940                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8941             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8942             {
8943                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8944                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8945                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8946                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8947             }
8948         }
8949         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8950         {
8951             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8952             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8953             ClearSelection();
8954             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8955             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8956         }
8957         else
8958             return false;
8959
8960         return true;
8961     }
8962
8963     return false;
8964 }
8965
8966 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8967 {
8968     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8969          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8970     {
8971         if ( expandSelection )
8972         {
8973             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8974                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8975             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8976             {
8977                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8978                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8979                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8980                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8981             }
8982         }
8983         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8984         {
8985             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8986             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8987             ClearSelection();
8988
8989             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8990             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8991         }
8992         else
8993             return false;
8994
8995         return true;
8996     }
8997
8998     return false;
8999 }
9000
9001 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
9002 {
9003     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9004          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
9005     {
9006         if ( expandSelection )
9007         {
9008             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9009                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
9010             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9011             {
9012                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
9013                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
9014                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
9015                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9016             }
9017         }
9018         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
9019         {
9020             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9021             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
9022             ClearSelection();
9023
9024             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9025             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9026         }
9027         else
9028             return false;
9029
9030         return true;
9031     }
9032
9033     return false;
9034 }
9035
9036 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9037 {
9038     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9039         return false;
9040
9041     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9042     if ( row > 0 )
9043     {
9044         int cw, ch;
9045         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9046
9047         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9048         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9049
9050         if ( newRow == row )
9051         {
9052             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9053             newRow = row - 1;
9054         }
9055
9056         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9057         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9058
9059         return true;
9060     }
9061
9062     return false;
9063 }
9064
9065 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9066 {
9067     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9068         return false;
9069
9070     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9071     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9072     {
9073         int cw, ch;
9074         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9075
9076         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9077         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9078         if ( newRow == row )
9079         {
9080             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9081             newRow = row + 1;
9082         }
9083
9084         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9085         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9086
9087         return true;
9088     }
9089
9090     return false;
9091 }
9092
9093 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9094 {
9095     if ( m_table &&
9096          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9097          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9098     {
9099         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9100         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9101
9102         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9103         {
9104             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9105             // non-empty cells
9106             //
9107             while ( row > 0 )
9108             {
9109                 row--;
9110                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9111                     break;
9112             }
9113         }
9114         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9115         {
9116             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9117             //
9118             row--;
9119             while ( row > 0 )
9120             {
9121                 row--;
9122                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9123                     break;
9124             }
9125         }
9126         else
9127         {
9128             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9129             //
9130             while ( row > 0 )
9131             {
9132                 row--;
9133                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9134                 {
9135                     row++;
9136                     break;
9137                 }
9138             }
9139         }
9140
9141         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9142         if ( expandSelection )
9143         {
9144             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9145             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9146         }
9147         else
9148         {
9149             ClearSelection();
9150             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9151         }
9152
9153         return true;
9154     }
9155
9156     return false;
9157 }
9158
9159 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9160 {
9161     if ( m_table &&
9162          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9163          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9164     {
9165         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9166         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9167
9168         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9169         {
9170             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9171             // non-empty cells
9172             //
9173             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9174             {
9175                 row++;
9176                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9177                     break;
9178             }
9179         }
9180         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9181         {
9182             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9183             //
9184             row++;
9185             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9186             {
9187                 row++;
9188                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9189                     break;
9190             }
9191         }
9192         else
9193         {
9194             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9195             //
9196             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9197             {
9198                 row++;
9199                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9200                 {
9201                     row--;
9202                     break;
9203                 }
9204             }
9205         }
9206
9207         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9208         if ( expandSelection )
9209         {
9210             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9211             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9212         }
9213         else
9214         {
9215             ClearSelection();
9216             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9217         }
9218
9219         return true;
9220     }
9221
9222     return false;
9223 }
9224
9225 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9226 {
9227     if ( m_table &&
9228          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9229          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9230     {
9231         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9232         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9233
9234         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9235         {
9236             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9237             // non-empty cells
9238             //
9239             while ( col > 0 )
9240             {
9241                 col--;
9242                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9243                     break;
9244             }
9245         }
9246         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9247         {
9248             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9249             //
9250             col--;
9251             while ( col > 0 )
9252             {
9253                 col--;
9254                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9255                     break;
9256             }
9257         }
9258         else
9259         {
9260             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9261             //
9262             while ( col > 0 )
9263             {
9264                 col--;
9265                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9266                 {
9267                     col++;
9268                     break;
9269                 }
9270             }
9271         }
9272
9273         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9274         if ( expandSelection )
9275         {
9276             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9277             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9278         }
9279         else
9280         {
9281             ClearSelection();
9282             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9283         }
9284
9285         return true;
9286     }
9287
9288     return false;
9289 }
9290
9291 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9292 {
9293     if ( m_table &&
9294          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9295          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9296     {
9297         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9298         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9299
9300         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9301         {
9302             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9303             // non-empty cells
9304             //
9305             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9306             {
9307                 col++;
9308                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9309                     break;
9310             }
9311         }
9312         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9313         {
9314             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9315             //
9316             col++;
9317             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9318             {
9319                 col++;
9320                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9321                     break;
9322             }
9323         }
9324         else
9325         {
9326             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9327             //
9328             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9329             {
9330                 col++;
9331                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9332                 {
9333                     col--;
9334                     break;
9335                 }
9336             }
9337         }
9338
9339         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9340         if ( expandSelection )
9341         {
9342             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9343             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9344         }
9345         else
9346         {
9347             ClearSelection();
9348             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9349         }
9350
9351         return true;
9352     }
9353
9354     return false;
9355 }
9356
9357 //
9358 // ------ Label values and formatting
9359 //
9360
9361 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9362 {
9363     if ( horiz )
9364         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9365     if ( vert )
9366         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9367 }
9368
9369 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9370 {
9371     if ( horiz )
9372         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9373     if ( vert )
9374         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9375 }
9376
9377 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9378 {
9379     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9380 }
9381
9382 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9383 {
9384     if ( m_table )
9385     {
9386         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9387     }
9388     else
9389     {
9390         wxString s;
9391         s << row;
9392         return s;
9393     }
9394 }
9395
9396 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9397 {
9398     if ( m_table )
9399     {
9400         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9401     }
9402     else
9403     {
9404         wxString s;
9405         s << col;
9406         return s;
9407     }
9408 }
9409
9410 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9411 {
9412     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9413
9414     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9415     {
9416         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9417     }
9418
9419     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9420     {
9421         if ( width == 0 )
9422         {
9423             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9424             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9425         }
9426         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9427         {
9428             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9429             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9430                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9431         }
9432
9433         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9434         CalcWindowSizes();
9435         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9436     }
9437 }
9438
9439 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9440 {
9441     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9442
9443     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9444     {
9445         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9446     }
9447
9448     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9449     {
9450         if ( height == 0 )
9451         {
9452             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9453             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9454         }
9455         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9456         {
9457             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9458             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9459                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9460         }
9461
9462         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9463         CalcWindowSizes();
9464         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9465     }
9466 }
9467
9468 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9469 {
9470     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9471     {
9472         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9473         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9474         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9475         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9476
9477         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9478         {
9479             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9480             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9481             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9482         }
9483     }
9484 }
9485
9486 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9487 {
9488     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9489     {
9490         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9491         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9492         {
9493             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9494             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9495         }
9496     }
9497 }
9498
9499 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9500 {
9501     m_labelFont = font;
9502     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9503     {
9504         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9505         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9506     }
9507 }
9508
9509 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9510 {
9511     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9512     switch ( horiz )
9513     {
9514         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9515         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9516         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9517     }
9518
9519     switch ( vert )
9520     {
9521         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9522         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9523         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9524     }
9525
9526     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9527     {
9528         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9529     }
9530
9531     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9532     {
9533         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9534     }
9535
9536     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9537     {
9538         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9539     }
9540 }
9541
9542 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9543 {
9544     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9545     switch ( horiz )
9546     {
9547         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9548         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9549         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9550     }
9551
9552     switch ( vert )
9553     {
9554         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9555         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9556         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9557     }
9558
9559     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9560     {
9561         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9562     }
9563
9564     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9565     {
9566         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9567     }
9568
9569     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9570     {
9571         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9572     }
9573 }
9574
9575 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9576 //       does not support vertical printing
9577 //
9578 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9579 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9580 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9581 //
9582 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9583 {
9584     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9585         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9586
9587     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9588         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9589 }
9590
9591 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9592 {
9593     if ( m_table )
9594     {
9595         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9596         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9597         {
9598             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9599             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9600             {
9601                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9602                 rect.x = 0;
9603                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9604                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9605             }
9606         }
9607     }
9608 }
9609
9610 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9611 {
9612     if ( m_table )
9613     {
9614         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9615         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9616         {
9617             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9618             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9619             {
9620                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9621                 rect.y = 0;
9622                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9623                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9624             }
9625         }
9626     }
9627 }
9628
9629 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9630 {
9631     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9632     {
9633         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9634
9635         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9636         PrepareDC( dc );
9637         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9638     }
9639 }
9640
9641 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9642 {
9643     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9644     {
9645         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9646
9647         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9648         PrepareDC( dc );
9649         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9650         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9651         attr->DecRef();
9652     }
9653 }
9654
9655 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9656 {
9657     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9658     {
9659         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9660
9661         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9662         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9663         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9664         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9665         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9666             return;
9667
9668         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9669         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9670     }
9671 }
9672
9673 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9674 {
9675     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9676     {
9677         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9678
9679         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9680         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9681         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9682         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9683         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9684             return;
9685
9686         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9687         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9688     }
9689 }
9690
9691 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9692 {
9693     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9694     {
9695         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9696
9697         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9698         {
9699             if ( enable )
9700             {
9701                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9702                 PrepareDC( dc );
9703                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9704             }
9705             else
9706             {
9707                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9708             }
9709         }
9710     }
9711 }
9712
9713 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9714 {
9715     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9716 }
9717
9718 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9719 {
9720     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9721
9722     return GetRowHeight(row);
9723 }
9724
9725 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9726 {
9727     return m_defaultColWidth;
9728 }
9729
9730 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9731 {
9732     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9733
9734     return GetColWidth(col);
9735 }
9736
9737 // ============================================================================
9738 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9739 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9740 // ============================================================================
9741
9742 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9743 // setting default attributes
9744 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9745
9746 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9747 {
9748     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9749 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9750     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9751 #endif
9752 }
9753
9754 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9755 {
9756     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9757 }
9758
9759 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9760 {
9761     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9762 }
9763
9764 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9765 {
9766     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9767 }
9768
9769 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9770 {
9771     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9772 }
9773
9774 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9775 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9776 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9777 // work correctly.
9778
9779 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9780 {
9781     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9782                      renderer,
9783                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9784 }
9785
9786 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9787 {
9788     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9789                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9790                      editor);
9791 }
9792
9793 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9794 // access to the default attributes
9795 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9796
9797 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9798 {
9799     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9800 }
9801
9802 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9803 {
9804     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9805 }
9806
9807 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9808 {
9809     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9810 }
9811
9812 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9813 {
9814     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9815 }
9816
9817 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9818 {
9819     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9820 }
9821
9822 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9823 {
9824     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9825 }
9826
9827 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9828 {
9829     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9830 }
9831
9832 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9833 // access to cell attributes
9834 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9835
9836 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9837 {
9838     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9839     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9840     attr->DecRef();
9841
9842     return colour;
9843 }
9844
9845 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9846 {
9847     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9848     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9849     attr->DecRef();
9850
9851     return colour;
9852 }
9853
9854 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9855 {
9856     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9857     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9858     attr->DecRef();
9859
9860     return font;
9861 }
9862
9863 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9864 {
9865     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9866     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9867     attr->DecRef();
9868 }
9869
9870 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9871 {
9872     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9873     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9874     attr->DecRef();
9875
9876     return allow;
9877 }
9878
9879 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9880 {
9881     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9882     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9883     attr->DecRef();
9884 }
9885
9886 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9887 {
9888     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9889     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9890     attr->DecRef();
9891
9892     return renderer;
9893 }
9894
9895 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9896 {
9897     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9898     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9899     attr->DecRef();
9900
9901     return editor;
9902 }
9903
9904 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9905 {
9906     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9907     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9908     attr->DecRef();
9909
9910     return isReadOnly;
9911 }
9912
9913 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9914 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9915 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9916
9917 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9918 {
9919     if ( !m_table )
9920     {
9921         return false;
9922     }
9923
9924     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9925 }
9926
9927 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9928 {
9929     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9930     {
9931         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9932         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9933         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9934     }
9935 }
9936
9937 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9938 {
9939     if ( attr != NULL )
9940     {
9941         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9942
9943         self->ClearAttrCache();
9944         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9945         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9946         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9947         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9948     }
9949 }
9950
9951 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9952 {
9953     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9954     {
9955         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9956         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9957
9958 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9959         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9960 #endif
9961
9962         return true;
9963     }
9964     else
9965     {
9966 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9967         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9968 #endif
9969
9970         return false;
9971     }
9972 }
9973
9974 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9975 {
9976     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9977     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9978     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9979     if ( row >= 0 )
9980     {
9981         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9982         {
9983             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9984                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9985             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9986         }
9987     }
9988
9989     if (attr)
9990     {
9991         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9992     }
9993     else
9994     {
9995         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9996         attr->IncRef();
9997     }
9998
9999     return attr;
10000 }
10001
10002 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10003 {
10004     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
10005     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
10006
10007     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
10008     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
10009
10010     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
10011     if ( !attr )
10012     {
10013         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10014
10015         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
10016         attr->IncRef();
10017         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10018     }
10019
10020     return attr;
10021 }
10022
10023 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10024 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10025 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10026
10027 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10028 {
10029     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10030 }
10031
10032 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10033 {
10034     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10035 }
10036
10037 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10038 {
10039     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10040     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10041     {
10042         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10043     }
10044
10045     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10046 }
10047
10048 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10049 {
10050     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10051     if (!attr)
10052         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10053     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10054     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10055
10056     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10057
10058 }
10059
10060 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10061 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10062 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10063
10064 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10065 {
10066     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10067     {
10068         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10069         ClearAttrCache();
10070     }
10071     else
10072     {
10073         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10074     }
10075 }
10076
10077 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10078 {
10079     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10080     {
10081         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10082         ClearAttrCache();
10083     }
10084     else
10085     {
10086         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10087     }
10088 }
10089
10090 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10091 {
10092     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10093     {
10094         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10095         ClearAttrCache();
10096     }
10097     else
10098     {
10099         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10100     }
10101 }
10102
10103 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10104 {
10105     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10106     {
10107         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10108         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10109         attr->DecRef();
10110     }
10111 }
10112
10113 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10114 {
10115     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10116     {
10117         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10118         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10119         attr->DecRef();
10120     }
10121 }
10122
10123 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10124 {
10125     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10126     {
10127         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10128         attr->SetFont(font);
10129         attr->DecRef();
10130     }
10131 }
10132
10133 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10134 {
10135     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10136     {
10137         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10138         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10139         attr->DecRef();
10140     }
10141 }
10142
10143 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10144 {
10145     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10146     {
10147         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10148         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10149         attr->DecRef();
10150     }
10151 }
10152
10153 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10154 {
10155     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10156     {
10157         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10158
10159         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10160         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10161         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10162         attr->DecRef();
10163
10164         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10165         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10166         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10167         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10168         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10169                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10170         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10171                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10172
10173         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10174         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10175         {
10176             int i, j;
10177             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10178             {
10179                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10180                 {
10181                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10182                     {
10183                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10184                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10185                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10186                     }
10187                 }
10188             }
10189         }
10190
10191         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10192         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10193         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10194         {
10195             int i, j;
10196             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10197             {
10198                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10199                 {
10200                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10201                     {
10202                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10203                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10204                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10205                     }
10206                 }
10207             }
10208         }
10209     }
10210 }
10211
10212 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10213 {
10214     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10215     {
10216         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10217         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10218         attr->DecRef();
10219     }
10220 }
10221
10222 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10223 {
10224     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10225     {
10226         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10227         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10228         attr->DecRef();
10229     }
10230 }
10231
10232 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10233 {
10234     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10235     {
10236         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10237         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10238         attr->DecRef();
10239     }
10240 }
10241
10242 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10243 // Data type registration
10244 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10245
10246 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10247                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10248                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10249 {
10250     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10251 }
10252
10253
10254 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10255 {
10256     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10257     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10258 }
10259
10260 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10261 {
10262     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10263     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10264 }
10265
10266 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10267 {
10268     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10269     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10270     {
10271         wxString errStr;
10272
10273         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
10274         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
10275
10276         return NULL;
10277     }
10278
10279     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10280 }
10281
10282 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10283 {
10284     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10285     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10286     {
10287         wxString errStr;
10288
10289         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
10290         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
10291
10292         return NULL;
10293     }
10294
10295     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10296 }
10297
10298 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10299 // row/col size
10300 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10301
10302 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10303 {
10304     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10305 }
10306
10307 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10308 {
10309     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10310 }
10311
10312 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10313 {
10314     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10315 }
10316
10317 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10318 {
10319     m_canDragCell = enable;
10320 }
10321
10322 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10323 {
10324     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10325
10326     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10327     {
10328         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10329         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10330         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10331         // some speed optimisations)
10332         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10333         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10334         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10335             CalcDimensions();
10336     }
10337 }
10338
10339 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10340 {
10341     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10342
10343     // See comment in SetColSize
10344     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10345         return;
10346
10347     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10348     {
10349         // need to really create the array
10350         InitRowHeights();
10351     }
10352
10353     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10354     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10355
10356     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10357     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10358     {
10359         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10360     }
10361
10362     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10363         CalcDimensions();
10364 }
10365
10366 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10367 {
10368     // we dont allow zero default column width
10369     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10370
10371     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10372     {
10373         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10374         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10375         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10376         // some speed optimisations)
10377         m_colWidths.Empty();
10378         m_colRights.Empty();
10379         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10380             CalcDimensions();
10381     }
10382 }
10383
10384 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10385 {
10386     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10387
10388     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10389     //                                                                 (VZ)
10390     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10391     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10392     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10393     //
10394     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10395
10396     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10397         return;
10398
10399     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10400     {
10401         // need to really create the array
10402         InitColWidths();
10403     }
10404
10405     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10406     if ( width < 0 )
10407     {
10408         long w, h;
10409         wxArrayString lines;
10410         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10411         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10412         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10413         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10414         width = w + 6;
10415     }
10416
10417     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10418     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10419     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10420
10421     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10422     {
10423         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10424     }
10425
10426     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10427         CalcDimensions();
10428 }
10429
10430 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10431 {
10432     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10433     {
10434         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10435         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10436     }
10437 }
10438
10439 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10440 {
10441     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10442     {
10443         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10444         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10445     }
10446 }
10447
10448 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10449 {
10450     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10451     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10452
10453     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10454 }
10455
10456 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10457 {
10458     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10459     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10460
10461     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10462 }
10463
10464 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10465 {
10466     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10467     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10468     if ( width >= 0 )
10469         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10470 }
10471
10472 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10473 {
10474     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10475     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10476     if ( height >= 0 )
10477         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10478 }
10479
10480 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10481 {
10482     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10483 }
10484
10485 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10486 {
10487     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10488 }
10489
10490 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10491 // auto sizing
10492 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10493
10494 void
10495 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10496 {
10497     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10498
10499     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10500
10501     // cancel editing of cell
10502     HideCellEditControl();
10503     SaveEditControlValue();
10504
10505     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10506     int row = -1,
10507         col = -1;
10508     if ( column )
10509         col = colOrRow;
10510     else
10511         row = colOrRow;
10512
10513     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10514     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10515     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10516     {
10517         if ( column )
10518             row = rowOrCol;
10519         else
10520             col = rowOrCol;
10521
10522         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10523         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10524         if ( renderer )
10525         {
10526             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10527             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10528             if ( extent > extentMax )
10529                 extentMax = extent;
10530
10531             renderer->DecRef();
10532         }
10533
10534         attr->DecRef();
10535     }
10536
10537     // now also compare with the column label extent
10538     wxCoord w, h;
10539     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10540
10541     if ( column )
10542     {
10543         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10544         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10545             w = h;
10546     }
10547     else
10548         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10549
10550     extent = column ? w : h;
10551     if ( extent > extentMax )
10552         extentMax = extent;
10553
10554     if ( !extentMax )
10555     {
10556         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10557         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10558         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10559     }
10560     else
10561     {
10562         if ( column )
10563             // leave some space around text
10564             extentMax += 10;
10565         else
10566             extentMax += 6;
10567     }
10568
10569     if ( column )
10570     {
10571         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10572         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10573         {
10574             int cw, ch, dummy;
10575             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10576             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10577             rect.y = 0;
10578             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10579             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10580             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10581             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10582         }
10583     }
10584     else
10585     {
10586         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10587         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10588         {
10589             int cw, ch, dummy;
10590             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10591             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10592             rect.x = 0;
10593             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10594             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10595             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10596             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10597         }
10598     }
10599
10600     if ( setAsMin )
10601     {
10602         if ( column )
10603             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10604         else
10605             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10606     }
10607 }
10608
10609 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10610 {
10611     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10612     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10613
10614     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10615                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10616     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10617
10618     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10619     //
10620     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10621     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10622     const bool
10623         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10624
10625     wxArrayString lines;
10626     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10627
10628     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10629     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10630     {
10631         lines.Clear();
10632
10633         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10634                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10635         StringToLines(label, lines);
10636
10637         long w, h;
10638         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10639
10640         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10641         if ( extent > extentMax )
10642             extentMax = extent;
10643     }
10644
10645     if ( !extentMax )
10646     {
10647         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10648         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10649         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10650                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10651     }
10652
10653     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10654     if ( calcRows )
10655         extentMax += 10;
10656     else
10657         extentMax += 6;
10658
10659     return extentMax;
10660 }
10661
10662 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10663 {
10664     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10665
10666     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10667     if(!calcOnly)
10668         locker.Create(this);
10669
10670     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10671     {
10672         if ( !calcOnly )
10673             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10674
10675         width += GetColWidth(col);
10676     }
10677
10678     return width;
10679 }
10680
10681 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10682 {
10683     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10684
10685     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10686     if(!calcOnly)
10687         locker.Create(this);
10688
10689     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10690     {
10691         if ( !calcOnly )
10692             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10693
10694         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10695     }
10696
10697     return height;
10698 }
10699
10700 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10701 {
10702     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10703
10704     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10705     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10706     // exactly to fit our contents
10707     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10708                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10709     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10710                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10711
10712     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10713     // extra white space
10714     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10715     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10716     {
10717         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10718         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10719         if ( diffPerCol )
10720         {
10721             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10722             {
10723                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10724             }
10725         }
10726
10727         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10728         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10729         if ( diff )
10730         {
10731             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10732             {
10733                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10734             }
10735         }
10736     }
10737
10738     // same for rows
10739     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10740     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10741     {
10742         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10743         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10744         if ( diffPerRow )
10745         {
10746             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10747             {
10748                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10749             }
10750         }
10751
10752         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10753         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10754         if ( diff )
10755         {
10756             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10757             {
10758                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10759             }
10760         }
10761     }
10762
10763     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10764     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10765     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10766     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10767     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10768 }
10769
10770 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10771 {
10772     wxArrayString lines;
10773     long w, h;
10774
10775     // Hide the edit control, so it
10776     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10777     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10778     {
10779         HideCellEditControl();
10780         SaveEditControlValue();
10781     }
10782
10783     // autosize row height depending on label text
10784     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10785     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10786     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10787     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10788         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10789     SetRowSize(row, h);
10790     ForceRefresh();
10791 }
10792
10793 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10794 {
10795     wxArrayString lines;
10796     long w, h;
10797
10798     // Hide the edit control, so it
10799     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10800     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10801     {
10802         HideCellEditControl();
10803         SaveEditControlValue();
10804     }
10805
10806     // autosize column width depending on label text
10807     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10808     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10809     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10810         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10811     else
10812         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10813     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10814         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10815     SetColSize(col, w);
10816     ForceRefresh();
10817 }
10818
10819 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10820 {
10821     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10822
10823     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10824     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10825     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10826                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10827     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10828                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10829
10830     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10831     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10832     // calculation.
10833     // CacheBestSize(size);
10834
10835     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10836             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10837 }
10838
10839 void wxGrid::Fit()
10840 {
10841     AutoSize();
10842 }
10843
10844 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10845 {
10846     return wxNullPen;
10847 }
10848
10849 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10850 // cell value accessor functions
10851 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10852
10853 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10854 {
10855     if ( m_table )
10856     {
10857         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10858         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10859         {
10860             int dummy;
10861             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10862             rect.x = 0;
10863             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10864             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10865             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10866         }
10867
10868         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10869              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10870              IsCellEditControlShown())
10871              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10872              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10873              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10874         {
10875             HideCellEditControl();
10876             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10877         }
10878     }
10879 }
10880
10881 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10882 // block, row and column selection
10883 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10884
10885 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10886 {
10887     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10888         ClearSelection();
10889
10890     if ( m_selection )
10891         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10892 }
10893
10894 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10895 {
10896     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10897         ClearSelection();
10898
10899     if ( m_selection )
10900         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10901 }
10902
10903 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10904                           bool addToSelected )
10905 {
10906     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10907         ClearSelection();
10908
10909     if ( m_selection )
10910         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10911                                   false, addToSelected );
10912 }
10913
10914 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10915 {
10916     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10917     {
10918         if ( m_selection )
10919             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10920     }
10921 }
10922
10923 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10924 // cell, row and col deselection
10925 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10926
10927 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10928 {
10929     if ( !m_selection )
10930         return;
10931
10932     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10933     {
10934         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10935             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10936     }
10937     else
10938     {
10939         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10940         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10941         {
10942             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10943                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10944         }
10945     }
10946 }
10947
10948 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10949 {
10950     if ( !m_selection )
10951         return;
10952
10953     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10954     {
10955         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10956             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10957     }
10958     else
10959     {
10960         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10961         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10962         {
10963             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10964                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10965         }
10966     }
10967 }
10968
10969 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10970 {
10971     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10972         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10973 }
10974
10975 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10976 {
10977     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10978              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10979                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10980 }
10981
10982 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10983 {
10984     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10985              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10986                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10987                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10988                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10989 }
10990
10991 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10992 {
10993     if (!m_selection)
10994     {
10995         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10996         return a;
10997     }
10998
10999     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
11000 }
11001
11002 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
11003 {
11004     if (!m_selection)
11005     {
11006         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11007         return a;
11008     }
11009
11010     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
11011 }
11012
11013 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
11014 {
11015     if (!m_selection)
11016     {
11017         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
11018         return a;
11019     }
11020
11021     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
11022 }
11023
11024 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
11025 {
11026     if (!m_selection)
11027     {
11028         wxArrayInt a;
11029         return a;
11030     }
11031
11032     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11033 }
11034
11035 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11036 {
11037     if (!m_selection)
11038     {
11039         wxArrayInt a;
11040         return a;
11041     }
11042
11043     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11044 }
11045
11046 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11047 {
11048     m_selectingTopLeft =
11049     m_selectingBottomRight =
11050     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11051     if ( m_selection )
11052         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11053 }
11054
11055 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11056 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11057 //
11058 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
11059                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) const
11060 {
11061     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
11062     wxRect cellRect;
11063
11064     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
11065     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11066     {
11067         rect = cellRect;
11068     }
11069     else
11070     {
11071         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11072     }
11073
11074     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
11075     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11076     {
11077         rect += cellRect;
11078     }
11079     else
11080     {
11081         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11082     }
11083
11084     int i, j;
11085     int left = rect.GetLeft();
11086     int top = rect.GetTop();
11087     int right = rect.GetRight();
11088     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
11089
11090     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11091     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11092     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11093     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11094
11095     if (left > right)
11096     {
11097         i = left;
11098         left = right;
11099         right = i;
11100         i = leftCol;
11101         leftCol = rightCol;
11102         rightCol = i;
11103     }
11104
11105     if (top > bottom)
11106     {
11107         i = top;
11108         top = bottom;
11109         bottom = i;
11110         i = topRow;
11111         topRow = bottomRow;
11112         bottomRow = i;
11113     }
11114
11115     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
11116     {
11117         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
11118         {
11119             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
11120             {
11121                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11122
11123                 if (cellRect.x < left)
11124                     left = cellRect.x;
11125                 if (cellRect.y < top)
11126                     top = cellRect.y;
11127                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
11128                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
11129                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
11130                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
11131             }
11132             else
11133             {
11134                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11135             }
11136         }
11137     }
11138
11139     // convert to scrolled coords
11140     //
11141     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11142     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11143
11144     int cw, ch;
11145     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11146
11147     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11148         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11149
11150     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11151     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11152     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11153     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11154
11155     return rect;
11156 }
11157
11158 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11159 // grid event classes
11160 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11161
11162 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11163
11164 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11165                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11166                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11167         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11168 {
11169     m_row = row;
11170     m_col = col;
11171     m_x = x;
11172     m_y = y;
11173     m_selecting = sel;
11174     m_control = control;
11175     m_shift = shift;
11176     m_alt = alt;
11177     m_meta = meta;
11178
11179     SetEventObject(obj);
11180 }
11181
11182
11183 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11184
11185 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11186                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11187                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11188         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11189 {
11190     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11191     m_x = x;
11192     m_y = y;
11193     m_control = control;
11194     m_shift = shift;
11195     m_alt = alt;
11196     m_meta = meta;
11197
11198     SetEventObject(obj);
11199 }
11200
11201
11202 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11203
11204 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11205                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11206                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11207                                                bool sel, bool control,
11208                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11209         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11210 {
11211     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11212     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11213     m_selecting = sel;
11214     m_control = control;
11215     m_shift = shift;
11216     m_alt = alt;
11217     m_meta = meta;
11218
11219     SetEventObject(obj);
11220 }
11221
11222
11223 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11224
11225 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11226                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11227                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11228     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11229 {
11230     SetEventObject(obj);
11231     m_row = row;
11232     m_col = col;
11233     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11234 }
11235
11236 #endif // wxUSE_GRID